blob: 89a329140facaa012b94ff186f853fb728ebd8d7 [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner5b12ab82007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
Douglas Gregor85dabae2009-12-16 01:38:02 +000015#include "SemaInit.h"
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +000016#include "Lookup.h"
Ted Kremenek918fe842010-03-20 21:06:02 +000017#include "AnalysisBasedWarnings.h"
Chris Lattnercb6a3822006-11-10 06:20:45 +000018#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbar6e8aa532008-08-11 05:35:13 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000020#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +000021#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Naroff021ca182008-05-29 21:12:08 +000022#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000023#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +000024#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +000025#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000026#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
27#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +000028#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner07d754a2008-10-26 23:43:26 +000029#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +000030#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Douglas Gregorb53edfb2009-11-10 19:49:08 +000031#include "clang/Parse/Template.h"
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +000032using namespace clang;
33
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +000034
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000035/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
36/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
37///
38/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
39/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
40/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
41/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
42/// function is being used.
43///
Chris Lattnerb7df3c62009-10-25 22:31:57 +000044/// If IgnoreDeprecated is set to true, this should not want about deprecated
45/// decls.
46///
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000047/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
48/// referenced), false otherwise.
Chris Lattnerb7df3c62009-10-25 22:31:57 +000049///
John McCall28a6aea2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000050bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000051 // See if the decl is deprecated.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000052 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
John McCall28a6aea2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000053 EmitDeprecationWarning(D, Loc);
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000054 }
55
Chris Lattnera27dd592009-10-25 17:21:40 +000056 // See if the decl is unavailable
57 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
58 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
59 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
60 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +000061
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000062 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregorde681d42009-02-24 04:26:15 +000063 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000064 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
65 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
66 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
67 return true;
68 }
Douglas Gregorde681d42009-02-24 04:26:15 +000069 }
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000070
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000071 return false;
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000072}
73
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +000074/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000075/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +000076/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
77///
78void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000079 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000080 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000081 if (!attr)
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +000082 return;
Douglas Gregorc298ffc2010-04-22 16:44:27 +000083
84 // FIXME: In C++0x, if any of the arguments are parameter pack
85 // expansions, we can't check for the sentinel now.
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +000086 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
87 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000088
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +000089 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
90 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +000091 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +000092 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
93 int isMethod = 0;
94 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
95 // skip over named parameters.
96 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
97 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
98 if (nullPos)
99 --nullPos;
100 else
101 ++i;
102 }
103 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
104 isMethod = 1;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000105 } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000106 // skip over named parameters.
107 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
108 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
109 if (nullPos)
110 --nullPos;
111 else
112 ++i;
113 }
114 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000115 } else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000116 // block or function pointer call.
117 QualType Ty = V->getType();
118 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000119 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000120 ? Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>()
121 : Ty->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000122 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
123 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
124 unsigned k;
125 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
126 if (nullPos)
127 --nullPos;
128 else
129 ++i;
130 }
131 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
132 }
133 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
134 isMethod = 2;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000135 } else
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000136 return;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000137 } else
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000138 return;
139
140 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000141 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000142 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000143 return;
144 }
145 int sentinel = i;
146 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
147 --sentinelPos;
148 ++i;
149 }
150 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
151 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000152 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000153 return;
154 }
155 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
156 ++i;
157 ++sentinel;
158 }
159 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
Anders Carlsson0b11a3e2009-11-24 17:24:21 +0000160 if (sentinelExpr && (!isa<GNUNullExpr>(sentinelExpr) &&
Douglas Gregorc298ffc2010-04-22 16:44:27 +0000161 !sentinelExpr->isTypeDependent() &&
162 !sentinelExpr->isValueDependent() &&
Anders Carlsson0b11a3e2009-11-24 17:24:21 +0000163 (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
164 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
165 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)))) {
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000166 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000167 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000168 }
169 return;
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000170}
171
Douglas Gregor87f95b02009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000172SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
173 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
174 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
175}
176
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000177//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
178// Standard Promotions and Conversions
179//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
180
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000181/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
182void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
183 QualType Ty = E->getType();
184 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
185
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000186 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000187 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty),
Anders Carlsson6904f642009-09-01 20:37:18 +0000188 CastExpr::CK_FunctionToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner61f60a02008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000189 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
190 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
191 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
192 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
193 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
194 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
195 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9321c742008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000196 //
197 // C++ 4.2p1:
198 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
199 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
200 //
201 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
202 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Anders Carlsson8fc489d2009-08-07 23:48:20 +0000203 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty),
204 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner61f60a02008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000205 }
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000206}
207
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +0000208void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *&E) {
209 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000210
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +0000211 QualType Ty = E->getType();
212 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - missing type");
213 if (!Ty->isDependentType() && Ty.hasQualifiers() &&
214 (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || !Ty->isRecordType()) &&
215 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid) {
216 // C++ [conv.lval]p1:
217 // [...] If T is a non-class type, the type of the rvalue is the
218 // cv-unqualified version of T. Otherwise, the type of the
219 // rvalue is T
220 //
221 // C99 6.3.2.1p2:
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000222 // If the lvalue has qualified type, the value has the unqualified
223 // version of the type of the lvalue; otherwise, the value has the
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +0000224 // type of the lvalue.
225 ImpCastExprToType(E, Ty.getUnqualifiedType(), CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
226 }
227}
228
229
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000230/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000231/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000232/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
233/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
234/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
235Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
236 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
237 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000238
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000239 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
240 //
241 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
242 // unsigned int may be used:
243 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
244 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
245 // and unsigned int.
246 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
247 //
248 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
249 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
250 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
251 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000252 QualType PTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(Expr);
253 if (!PTy.isNull()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000254 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000255 return Expr;
256 }
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000257 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000258 QualType PT = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(Ty);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000259 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PT, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000260 return Expr;
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000261 }
262
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +0000263 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000264 return Expr;
265}
266
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000267/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000268/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000269/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
270void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
271 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
272 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000273
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000274 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000275 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000276 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000277 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy,
278 CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000279
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000280 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
281}
282
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000283/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
284/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
285/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
286/// completely illegal.
287bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000288 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000289
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +0000290 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType() &&
291 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Expr->getLocStart(),
292 PDiag(diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
293 << Expr->getType() << CT))
294 return true;
Douglas Gregor7ca84af2009-12-12 07:25:49 +0000295
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +0000296 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType() &&
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000297 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Expr->getLocStart(),
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +0000298 PDiag(diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
299 << Expr->getType() << CT))
300 return true;
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000301
302 return false;
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000303}
304
305
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000306/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
307/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000308/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000309/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
310/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
311/// GCC.
312QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
313 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000314 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000315 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000316
317 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000318
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000319 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000320 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000321 QualType lhs =
322 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000323 QualType rhs =
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000324 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000325
326 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
327 if (lhs == rhs)
328 return lhs;
329
330 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
331 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
332 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
333 return lhs;
334
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000335 // Perform bitfield promotions.
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000336 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000337 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
338 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000339 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000340 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
341 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
342
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000343 QualType destType = Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000344 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000345 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
346 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000347 return destType;
348}
349
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000350//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
351// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
352//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
353
354
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000355/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000356/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
357/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
358/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
359/// string.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000360///
361Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000362Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000363 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
364
Chris Lattner8a24e582009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000365 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Steve Naroff4f88b312007-03-13 22:37:02 +0000366 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000367 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000368
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +0000369 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000370 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
371 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000372
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000373 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscbad7252008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000374 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000375 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000376
377 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
John McCallc33dec32010-03-15 10:54:44 +0000378 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || getLangOptions().ConstStrings )
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000379 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000380
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000381 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
382 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
383 // strings.
384 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattnerd42c29f2009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000385 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000386 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000387
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000388 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000389 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
Chris Lattnerf83b5af2009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000390 Literal.GetStringLength(),
391 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
392 &StringTokLocs[0],
393 StringTokLocs.size()));
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000394}
395
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000396/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
397/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
398/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
399/// for values inside the block or for globals).
400///
Douglas Gregor4f13beb2010-03-01 20:44:28 +0000401/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockScopeInfo records
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000402/// up-to-date.
403///
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +0000404static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(Sema &S, BlockScopeInfo *CurBlock,
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000405 ValueDecl *VD) {
406 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
407 // we wanted to.
408 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
409 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000410
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000411 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
412 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
413 return false;
414
415 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
416 // snapshot it.
417 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
418 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000419 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
420 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000421
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000422 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
423 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
424
425 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
426 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
427 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
428 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +0000429 for (unsigned I = S.FunctionScopes.size() - 1; I; --I) {
430 BlockScopeInfo *NextBlock = dyn_cast<BlockScopeInfo>(S.FunctionScopes[I]);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000431
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +0000432 if (!NextBlock)
433 continue;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000434
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000435 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
436 // having a reference outside it.
437 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
438 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000439
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000440 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
441 // a snapshot as well.
442 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
443 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000444
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000445 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000446}
447
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000448
449
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000450/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build a DeclRefExpr.
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000451Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCallce546572009-12-08 09:08:17 +0000452Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000453 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Anders Carlsson364035d12009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000454 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Ty) == Context.UndeducedAutoTy) {
455 Diag(Loc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000456 diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
Anders Carlsson364035d12009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000457 << D->getDeclName();
458 return ExprError();
459 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000460
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000461 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor15243332010-04-27 21:10:04 +0000462 if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD)) {
463 // Non-type template parameters can be referenced anywhere they are
464 // visible.
465 } else if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000466 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) {
467 if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000468 Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000469 << D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000470 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000471 << D->getIdentifier();
472 return ExprError();
473 }
474 }
475 }
476 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000477
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000478 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000479
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000480 return Owned(DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
481 SS? (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() : 0,
482 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregored6c7442009-11-23 11:41:28 +0000483 D, Loc, Ty));
Douglas Gregorc7acfdf2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000484}
485
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000486/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
487/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
488/// is Record.
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000489static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
490 RecordDecl *Record) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000491 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000492 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000493
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000494 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
495 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
496 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000497 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000498 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000499 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000500 D != DEnd; ++D) {
501 if (*D == Record) {
502 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
503 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
504 ++D;
505 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregor6e6ad602009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000506 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000507 return *D;
508 }
509 }
510
511 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
512 return 0;
513}
514
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000515/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
516/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
517/// actual member.
518///
519/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
520/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
521/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
522/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
523/// we found.
524///
525/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
526/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
527/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
528VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
529 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000530 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
531 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
532 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
533
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000534 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000535 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
536 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
537 do {
538 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000539 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000540 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000541 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000542 else {
543 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
544 break;
545 }
546 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000547 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000548 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000549
550 return BaseObject;
551}
552
553Sema::OwningExprResult
554Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
555 FieldDecl *Field,
556 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
557 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
558 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000559 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000560 AnonFields);
561
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000562 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
563 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
564 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
565 // found via name lookup.
566 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000567 Qualifiers BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000568 if (BaseObject) {
569 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
570 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000571 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000572 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject);
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000573 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000574 SourceLocation());
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000575 BaseQuals
576 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000577 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
578 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
579 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
580 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
581 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000582 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000583 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
584 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
585 }
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000586 BaseQuals
587 = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000588 } else {
589 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
590 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
591 // program our base object expression is "this".
592 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
593 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000594 QualType AnonFieldType
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000595 = Context.getTagDeclType(
596 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
597 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000598 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000599 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
600 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
601 // Our base object expression is "this".
Douglas Gregor4b654412009-12-24 20:23:34 +0000602 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc,
Douglas Gregorb15af892010-01-07 23:12:05 +0000603 MD->getThisType(Context),
604 /*isImplicit=*/true);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000605 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
606 }
607 } else {
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000608 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
609 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000610 }
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000611 BaseQuals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(MD->getTypeQualifiers());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000612 }
613
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000614 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000615 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
616 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000617 }
618
619 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
620 // anonymous struct/union.
621 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000622 Qualifiers ResultQuals = BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000623 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
624 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
625 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
626 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000627 Qualifiers MemberTypeQuals =
628 Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
629
630 // CVR attributes from the base are picked up by members,
631 // except that 'mutable' members don't pick up 'const'.
632 if ((*FI)->isMutable())
633 ResultQuals.removeConst();
634
635 // GC attributes are never picked up by members.
636 ResultQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
637
638 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
639 assert(!MemberTypeQuals.hasAddressSpace());
640
641 Qualifiers NewQuals = ResultQuals + MemberTypeQuals;
642 if (NewQuals != MemberTypeQuals)
643 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, NewQuals);
644
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000645 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI);
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +0000646 PerformObjectMemberConversion(Result, /*FIXME:Qualifier=*/0, *FI, *FI);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000647 // FIXME: Might this end up being a qualified name?
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000648 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
649 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000650 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000651 ResultQuals = NewQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000652 }
653
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000654 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000655}
656
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000657/// Decomposes the given name into a DeclarationName, its location, and
658/// possibly a list of template arguments.
659///
660/// If this produces template arguments, it is permitted to call
661/// DecomposeTemplateName.
662///
663/// This actually loses a lot of source location information for
664/// non-standard name kinds; we should consider preserving that in
665/// some way.
666static void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(Sema &SemaRef,
667 const UnqualifiedId &Id,
668 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
669 DeclarationName &Name,
670 SourceLocation &NameLoc,
671 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs) {
672 if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
673 Buffer.setLAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
674 Buffer.setRAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
675
676 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(SemaRef,
677 Id.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
678 Id.TemplateId->NumArgs);
679 SemaRef.translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, Buffer);
680 TemplateArgsPtr.release();
681
682 TemplateName TName =
683 Sema::TemplateTy::make(Id.TemplateId->Template).getAsVal<TemplateName>();
684
685 Name = SemaRef.Context.getNameForTemplate(TName);
686 NameLoc = Id.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
687 TemplateArgs = &Buffer;
688 } else {
689 Name = SemaRef.GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Id);
690 NameLoc = Id.StartLocation;
691 TemplateArgs = 0;
692 }
693}
694
695/// Decompose the given template name into a list of lookup results.
696///
697/// The unqualified ID must name a non-dependent template, which can
698/// be more easily tested by checking whether DecomposeUnqualifiedId
699/// found template arguments.
700static void DecomposeTemplateName(LookupResult &R, const UnqualifiedId &Id) {
701 assert(Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId);
702 TemplateName TName =
703 Sema::TemplateTy::make(Id.TemplateId->Template).getAsVal<TemplateName>();
704
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000705 if (TemplateDecl *TD = TName.getAsTemplateDecl())
706 R.addDecl(TD);
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +0000707 else if (OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = TName.getAsOverloadedTemplate())
708 for (OverloadedTemplateStorage::iterator I = OT->begin(), E = OT->end();
709 I != E; ++I)
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000710 R.addDecl(*I);
John McCalla9ee3252009-11-22 02:49:43 +0000711
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000712 R.resolveKind();
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000713}
714
John McCall69f9dbc2010-02-08 19:26:07 +0000715/// Determines whether the given record is "fully-formed" at the given
716/// location, i.e. whether a qualified lookup into it is assured of
717/// getting consistent results already.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000718static bool IsFullyFormedScope(Sema &SemaRef, CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
John McCall69f9dbc2010-02-08 19:26:07 +0000719 if (!Record->hasDefinition())
720 return false;
721
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000722 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator I = Record->bases_begin(),
723 E = Record->bases_end(); I != E; ++I) {
724 CanQualType BaseT = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType((*I).getType());
725 CanQual<RecordType> BaseRT = BaseT->getAs<RecordType>();
726 if (!BaseRT) return false;
727
728 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
John McCall69f9dbc2010-02-08 19:26:07 +0000729 if (!BaseRecord->hasDefinition() ||
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000730 !IsFullyFormedScope(SemaRef, BaseRecord))
731 return false;
732 }
733
734 return true;
735}
736
John McCallf786fb12009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000737/// Determines whether we can lookup this id-expression now or whether
738/// we have to wait until template instantiation is complete.
739static bool IsDependentIdExpression(Sema &SemaRef, const CXXScopeSpec &SS) {
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000740 DeclContext *DC = SemaRef.computeDeclContext(SS, false);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000741
John McCallf786fb12009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000742 // If the qualifier scope isn't computable, it's definitely dependent.
743 if (!DC) return true;
744
745 // If the qualifier scope doesn't name a record, we can always look into it.
746 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) return false;
747
748 // We can't look into record types unless they're fully-formed.
749 if (!IsFullyFormedScope(SemaRef, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))) return true;
750
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000751 return false;
752}
John McCallf786fb12009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000753
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000754/// Determines if the given class is provably not derived from all of
755/// the prospective base classes.
756static bool IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(Sema &SemaRef,
757 CXXRecordDecl *Record,
758 const llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> &Bases) {
John McCalla6d407c2009-12-01 22:28:41 +0000759 if (Bases.count(Record->getCanonicalDecl()))
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000760 return false;
761
Douglas Gregor0a5a2212010-02-11 01:04:33 +0000762 RecordDecl *RD = Record->getDefinition();
John McCalla6d407c2009-12-01 22:28:41 +0000763 if (!RD) return false;
764 Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD);
765
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000766 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator I = Record->bases_begin(),
767 E = Record->bases_end(); I != E; ++I) {
768 CanQualType BaseT = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType((*I).getType());
769 CanQual<RecordType> BaseRT = BaseT->getAs<RecordType>();
770 if (!BaseRT) return false;
771
772 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000773 if (!IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(SemaRef, BaseRecord, Bases))
774 return false;
775 }
776
777 return true;
778}
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000779
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000780enum IMAKind {
781 /// The reference is definitely not an instance member access.
782 IMA_Static,
783
784 /// The reference may be an implicit instance member access.
785 IMA_Mixed,
786
787 /// The reference may be to an instance member, but it is invalid if
788 /// so, because the context is not an instance method.
789 IMA_Mixed_StaticContext,
790
791 /// The reference may be to an instance member, but it is invalid if
792 /// so, because the context is from an unrelated class.
793 IMA_Mixed_Unrelated,
794
795 /// The reference is definitely an implicit instance member access.
796 IMA_Instance,
797
798 /// The reference may be to an unresolved using declaration.
799 IMA_Unresolved,
800
801 /// The reference may be to an unresolved using declaration and the
802 /// context is not an instance method.
803 IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext,
804
805 /// The reference is to a member of an anonymous structure in a
806 /// non-class context.
807 IMA_AnonymousMember,
808
809 /// All possible referrents are instance members and the current
810 /// context is not an instance method.
811 IMA_Error_StaticContext,
812
813 /// All possible referrents are instance members of an unrelated
814 /// class.
815 IMA_Error_Unrelated
816};
817
818/// The given lookup names class member(s) and is not being used for
819/// an address-of-member expression. Classify the type of access
820/// according to whether it's possible that this reference names an
821/// instance member. This is best-effort; it is okay to
822/// conservatively answer "yes", in which case some errors will simply
823/// not be caught until template-instantiation.
824static IMAKind ClassifyImplicitMemberAccess(Sema &SemaRef,
825 const LookupResult &R) {
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +0000826 assert(!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember());
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000827
828 bool isStaticContext =
829 (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext) ||
830 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)->isStatic());
831
832 if (R.isUnresolvableResult())
833 return isStaticContext ? IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext : IMA_Unresolved;
834
835 // Collect all the declaring classes of instance members we find.
836 bool hasNonInstance = false;
837 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> Classes;
838 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCalla8ae2222010-04-06 21:38:20 +0000839 NamedDecl *D = *I;
840 if (D->isCXXInstanceMember()) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000841 CXXRecordDecl *R = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext());
842
843 // If this is a member of an anonymous record, move out to the
844 // innermost non-anonymous struct or union. If there isn't one,
845 // that's a special case.
846 while (R->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
847 R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(R->getParent());
848 if (!R) return IMA_AnonymousMember;
849 }
850 Classes.insert(R->getCanonicalDecl());
851 }
852 else
853 hasNonInstance = true;
854 }
855
856 // If we didn't find any instance members, it can't be an implicit
857 // member reference.
858 if (Classes.empty())
859 return IMA_Static;
860
861 // If the current context is not an instance method, it can't be
862 // an implicit member reference.
863 if (isStaticContext)
864 return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed_StaticContext : IMA_Error_StaticContext);
865
866 // If we can prove that the current context is unrelated to all the
867 // declaring classes, it can't be an implicit member reference (in
868 // which case it's an error if any of those members are selected).
869 if (IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(SemaRef,
870 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)->getParent(),
871 Classes))
872 return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed_Unrelated : IMA_Error_Unrelated);
873
874 return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed : IMA_Instance);
875}
876
877/// Diagnose a reference to a field with no object available.
878static void DiagnoseInstanceReference(Sema &SemaRef,
879 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
880 const LookupResult &R) {
881 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
882 SourceRange Range(Loc);
883 if (SS.isSet()) Range.setBegin(SS.getRange().getBegin());
884
885 if (R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>()) {
886 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)) {
887 if (MD->isStatic()) {
888 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
889 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
890 << Range << R.getLookupName();
891 return;
892 }
893 }
894
895 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
896 << R.getLookupName() << Range;
897 return;
898 }
899
900 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_call_without_object) << Range;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000901}
902
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000903/// Diagnose an empty lookup.
904///
905/// \return false if new lookup candidates were found
Jeffrey Yasskinc76498d2010-04-08 16:38:48 +0000906bool Sema::DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000907 LookupResult &R) {
908 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
909
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000910 unsigned diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_var_use;
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000911 unsigned diagnostic_suggest = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000912 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
913 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName ||
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000914 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000915 diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_use;
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000916 diagnostic_suggest = diag::err_undeclared_use_suggest;
917 }
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000918
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000919 // If the original lookup was an unqualified lookup, fake an
920 // unqualified lookup. This is useful when (for example) the
921 // original lookup would not have found something because it was a
922 // dependent name.
923 for (DeclContext *DC = SS.isEmpty()? CurContext : 0;
924 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000925 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
926 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
927
928 if (!R.empty()) {
929 // Don't give errors about ambiguities in this lookup.
930 R.suppressDiagnostics();
931
932 CXXMethodDecl *CurMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext);
933 bool isInstance = CurMethod &&
934 CurMethod->isInstance() &&
935 DC == CurMethod->getParent();
936
937 // Give a code modification hint to insert 'this->'.
938 // TODO: fixit for inserting 'Base<T>::' in the other cases.
939 // Actually quite difficult!
940 if (isInstance)
941 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +0000942 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(R.getNameLoc(), "this->");
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000943 else
944 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name;
945
946 // Do we really want to note all of these?
947 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
948 Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_dependent_var_use);
949
950 // Tell the callee to try to recover.
951 return false;
952 }
953 }
954 }
955
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000956 // We didn't find anything, so try to correct for a typo.
Douglas Gregor280e1ee2010-04-14 20:04:41 +0000957 DeclarationName Corrected;
958 if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(R, S, &SS))) {
959 if (!R.empty()) {
960 if (isa<ValueDecl>(*R.begin()) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*R.begin())) {
961 if (SS.isEmpty())
962 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic_suggest) << Name << R.getLookupName()
963 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
964 R.getLookupName().getAsString());
965 else
966 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest)
967 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << R.getLookupName()
968 << SS.getRange()
969 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
970 R.getLookupName().getAsString());
971 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>())
972 Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
973 << ND->getDeclName();
974
975 // Tell the callee to try to recover.
976 return false;
977 }
978
979 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*R.begin()) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*R.begin())) {
980 // FIXME: If we ended up with a typo for a type name or
981 // Objective-C class name, we're in trouble because the parser
982 // is in the wrong place to recover. Suggest the typo
983 // correction, but don't make it a fix-it since we're not going
984 // to recover well anyway.
985 if (SS.isEmpty())
986 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic_suggest) << Name << R.getLookupName();
987 else
988 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest)
989 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << R.getLookupName()
990 << SS.getRange();
991
992 // Don't try to recover; it won't work.
993 return true;
994 }
995 } else {
996 // FIXME: We found a keyword. Suggest it, but don't provide a fix-it
997 // because we aren't able to recover.
Douglas Gregor25363982010-01-01 00:15:04 +0000998 if (SS.isEmpty())
Douglas Gregor280e1ee2010-04-14 20:04:41 +0000999 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic_suggest) << Name << Corrected;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001000 else
Douglas Gregor25363982010-01-01 00:15:04 +00001001 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest)
Douglas Gregor280e1ee2010-04-14 20:04:41 +00001002 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << Corrected
1003 << SS.getRange();
Douglas Gregor25363982010-01-01 00:15:04 +00001004 return true;
1005 }
Douglas Gregor25363982010-01-01 00:15:04 +00001006 R.clear();
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +00001007 }
1008
1009 // Emit a special diagnostic for failed member lookups.
1010 // FIXME: computing the declaration context might fail here (?)
1011 if (!SS.isEmpty()) {
1012 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
1013 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
1014 << SS.getRange();
1015 return true;
1016 }
1017
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00001018 // Give up, we can't recover.
1019 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name;
1020 return true;
1021}
1022
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001023Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S,
Jeffrey Yasskinc76498d2010-04-08 16:38:48 +00001024 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001025 UnqualifiedId &Id,
1026 bool HasTrailingLParen,
1027 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
1028 assert(!(isAddressOfOperand && HasTrailingLParen) &&
1029 "cannot be direct & operand and have a trailing lparen");
1030
1031 if (SS.isInvalid())
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001032 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +00001033
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001034 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer;
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001035
1036 // Decompose the UnqualifiedId into the following data.
1037 DeclarationName Name;
1038 SourceLocation NameLoc;
1039 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001040 DecomposeUnqualifiedId(*this, Id, TemplateArgsBuffer,
1041 Name, NameLoc, TemplateArgs);
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +00001042
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +00001043 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001044
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001045 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
1046 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +00001047 // -- an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
1048 // (note: handled after lookup)
1049 // -- a template-id that is dependent,
1050 // (note: handled in BuildTemplateIdExpr)
1051 // -- a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001052 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
1053 // names a dependent type.
1054 // Determine whether this is a member of an unknown specialization;
1055 // we need to handle these differently.
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +00001056 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
1057 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType()) ||
1058 (SS.isSet() && IsDependentIdExpression(*this, SS))) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001059 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, Name, NameLoc,
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00001060 isAddressOfOperand,
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001061 TemplateArgs);
1062 }
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001063
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001064 // Perform the required lookup.
1065 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1066 if (TemplateArgs) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001067 // Just re-use the lookup done by isTemplateName.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001068 DecomposeTemplateName(R, Id);
Douglas Gregor9262f472010-04-27 18:19:34 +00001069
1070 // Re-derive the naming class.
1071 if (SS.isSet()) {
1072 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier
1073 = static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS.getScopeRep());
1074 if (const Type *Ty = Qualifier->getAsType())
1075 if (CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
1076 R.setNamingClass(NamingClass);
1077 }
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001078 } else {
Fariborz Jahanian6fada5b2010-01-12 23:58:59 +00001079 bool IvarLookupFollowUp = (!SS.isSet() && II && getCurMethodDecl());
1080 LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS, !IvarLookupFollowUp);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001081
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001082 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then we need to do
1083 // some special Objective-C lookup, too.
Fariborz Jahanian6fada5b2010-01-12 23:58:59 +00001084 if (IvarLookupFollowUp) {
1085 OwningExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, II, true));
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001086 if (E.isInvalid())
1087 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001088
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001089 Expr *Ex = E.takeAs<Expr>();
1090 if (Ex) return Owned(Ex);
Steve Naroffebf4cb42008-06-02 23:03:37 +00001091 }
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +00001092 }
Douglas Gregorf15f5d32009-02-16 19:28:42 +00001093
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001094 if (R.isAmbiguous())
1095 return ExprError();
1096
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001097 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
1098 // argument-dependent lookup.
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001099 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, R, HasTrailingLParen);
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001100
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001101 if (R.empty() && !ADL) {
Bill Wendling4073ed52007-02-13 01:51:42 +00001102 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001103 // in C90, extension in C99, forbidden in C++).
1104 if (HasTrailingLParen && II && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1105 NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *II, S);
1106 if (D) R.addDecl(D);
1107 }
1108
1109 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function
1110 // call, diagnose the problem.
1111 if (R.empty()) {
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +00001112 if (DiagnoseEmptyLookup(S, SS, R))
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00001113 return ExprError();
1114
1115 assert(!R.empty() &&
1116 "DiagnoseEmptyLookup returned false but added no results");
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00001117
1118 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
1119 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001120 // reference the ivar.
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00001121 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = R.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
1122 R.clear();
1123 OwningExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
1124 assert(E.isInvalid() || E.get());
1125 return move(E);
1126 }
Steve Naroff92e30f82007-04-02 22:35:25 +00001127 }
Chris Lattner17ed4872006-11-20 04:58:19 +00001128 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001129
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001130 // This is guaranteed from this point on.
1131 assert(!R.empty() || ADL);
1132
1133 if (VarDecl *Var = R.getAsSingle<VarDecl>()) {
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001134 // Warn about constructs like:
1135 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
1136 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001137 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
1138 Scope *CheckS = S;
Douglas Gregor13a2c032009-11-05 17:49:26 +00001139 while (CheckS && CheckS->getControlParent()) {
Chris Lattnerdf742642010-04-12 06:12:50 +00001140 if ((CheckS->getFlags() & Scope::ElseScope) &&
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001141 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001142 ExprError(Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
Douglas Gregor13a2c032009-11-05 17:49:26 +00001143 << Var->getDeclName()
Chris Lattnerdf742642010-04-12 06:12:50 +00001144 << (Var->getType()->isPointerType() ? 2 :
1145 Var->getType()->isBooleanType() ? 1 : 0));
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001146 break;
1147 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001148
Douglas Gregor13a2c032009-11-05 17:49:26 +00001149 // Move to the parent of this scope.
1150 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001151 }
1152 }
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001153 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = R.getAsSingle<FunctionDecl>()) {
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001154 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
1155 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
1156 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
1157 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
1158 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
1159 // type.
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001160 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Func, NameLoc))
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001161 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001162
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001163 QualType T = Func->getType();
1164 QualType NoProtoType = T;
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001165 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001166 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001167 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Func, NoProtoType, NameLoc, &SS);
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001168 }
1169 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001170
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001171 // Check whether this might be a C++ implicit instance member access.
1172 // C++ [expr.prim.general]p6:
1173 // Within the definition of a non-static member function, an
1174 // identifier that names a non-static member is transformed to a
1175 // class member access expression.
1176 // But note that &SomeClass::foo is grammatically distinct, even
1177 // though we don't parse it that way.
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001178 if (!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember()) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001179 bool isAbstractMemberPointer = (isAddressOfOperand && !SS.isEmpty());
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001180 if (!isAbstractMemberPointer)
1181 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs);
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001182 }
1183
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001184 if (TemplateArgs)
1185 return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, R, ADL, *TemplateArgs);
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001186
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001187 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, ADL);
1188}
1189
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001190/// Builds an expression which might be an implicit member expression.
1191Sema::OwningExprResult
1192Sema::BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1193 LookupResult &R,
1194 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
1195 switch (ClassifyImplicitMemberAccess(*this, R)) {
1196 case IMA_Instance:
1197 return BuildImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs, true);
1198
1199 case IMA_AnonymousMember:
1200 assert(R.isSingleResult());
1201 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(R.getNameLoc(),
1202 R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>());
1203
1204 case IMA_Mixed:
1205 case IMA_Mixed_Unrelated:
1206 case IMA_Unresolved:
1207 return BuildImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs, false);
1208
1209 case IMA_Static:
1210 case IMA_Mixed_StaticContext:
1211 case IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext:
1212 if (TemplateArgs)
1213 return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, R, false, *TemplateArgs);
1214 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, false);
1215
1216 case IMA_Error_StaticContext:
1217 case IMA_Error_Unrelated:
1218 DiagnoseInstanceReference(*this, SS, R);
1219 return ExprError();
1220 }
1221
1222 llvm_unreachable("unexpected instance member access kind");
1223 return ExprError();
1224}
1225
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001226/// BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr - Build a C++ qualified
1227/// declaration name, generally during template instantiation.
1228/// There's a large number of things which don't need to be done along
1229/// this path.
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001230Sema::OwningExprResult
Jeffrey Yasskinc76498d2010-04-08 16:38:48 +00001231Sema::BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001232 DeclarationName Name,
1233 SourceLocation NameLoc) {
1234 DeclContext *DC;
1235 if (!(DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false)) ||
1236 DC->isDependentContext() ||
1237 RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS))
1238 return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, Name, NameLoc, 0);
1239
1240 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1241 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
1242
1243 if (R.isAmbiguous())
1244 return ExprError();
1245
1246 if (R.empty()) {
1247 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_no_member) << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
1248 return ExprError();
1249 }
1250
1251 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, /*ADL*/ false);
1252}
1253
1254/// LookupInObjCMethod - The parser has read a name in, and Sema has
1255/// detected that we're currently inside an ObjC method. Perform some
1256/// additional lookup.
1257///
1258/// Ideally, most of this would be done by lookup, but there's
1259/// actually quite a lot of extra work involved.
1260///
1261/// Returns a null sentinel to indicate trivial success.
1262Sema::OwningExprResult
1263Sema::LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &Lookup, Scope *S,
Chris Lattnera36ec422010-04-11 08:28:14 +00001264 IdentifierInfo *II, bool AllowBuiltinCreation) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001265 SourceLocation Loc = Lookup.getNameLoc();
Chris Lattner87313662010-04-12 05:10:17 +00001266 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
Chris Lattnera36ec422010-04-11 08:28:14 +00001267
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001268 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
1269 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
1270 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
1271 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
1272 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
1273
1274 // If we're in a class method, we don't normally want to look for
1275 // ivars. But if we don't find anything else, and there's an
1276 // ivar, that's an error.
Chris Lattner87313662010-04-12 05:10:17 +00001277 bool IsClassMethod = CurMethod->isClassMethod();
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001278
1279 bool LookForIvars;
1280 if (Lookup.empty())
1281 LookForIvars = true;
1282 else if (IsClassMethod)
1283 LookForIvars = false;
1284 else
1285 LookForIvars = (Lookup.isSingleResult() &&
1286 Lookup.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod());
Fariborz Jahanian45878032010-02-09 19:31:38 +00001287 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = 0;
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001288 if (LookForIvars) {
Chris Lattner87313662010-04-12 05:10:17 +00001289 IFace = CurMethod->getClassInterface();
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001290 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1291 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
1292 // Diagnose using an ivar in a class method.
1293 if (IsClassMethod)
1294 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
1295 << IV->getDeclName());
1296
1297 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
1298 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
1299 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
1300 return ExprError();
1301
1302 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
1303 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
1304 return ExprError();
1305
1306 // Diagnose the use of an ivar outside of the declaring class.
1307 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
1308 ClassDeclared != IFace)
1309 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
1310
1311 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
1312 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
1313 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
1314 UnqualifiedId SelfName;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001315 SelfName.setIdentifier(&II, SourceLocation());
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001316 CXXScopeSpec SelfScopeSpec;
1317 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdExpression(S, SelfScopeSpec,
1318 SelfName, false, false);
1319 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
1320 return Owned(new (Context)
1321 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
1322 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
1323 }
Chris Lattner87313662010-04-12 05:10:17 +00001324 } else if (CurMethod->isInstanceMethod()) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001325 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
Chris Lattner87313662010-04-12 05:10:17 +00001326 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = CurMethod->getClassInterface();
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001327 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1328 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
1329 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
1330 IFace == ClassDeclared)
1331 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
1332 }
1333 }
1334
Fariborz Jahanian6fada5b2010-01-12 23:58:59 +00001335 if (Lookup.empty() && II && AllowBuiltinCreation) {
1336 // FIXME. Consolidate this with similar code in LookupName.
1337 if (unsigned BuiltinID = II->getBuiltinID()) {
1338 if (!(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1339 Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))) {
1340 NamedDecl *D = LazilyCreateBuiltin((IdentifierInfo *)II, BuiltinID,
1341 S, Lookup.isForRedeclaration(),
1342 Lookup.getNameLoc());
1343 if (D) Lookup.addDecl(D);
1344 }
1345 }
1346 }
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001347 // Sentinel value saying that we didn't do anything special.
1348 return Owned((Expr*) 0);
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001349}
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001350
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001351/// \brief Cast a base object to a member's actual type.
1352///
1353/// Logically this happens in three phases:
1354///
1355/// * First we cast from the base type to the naming class.
1356/// The naming class is the class into which we were looking
1357/// when we found the member; it's the qualifier type if a
1358/// qualifier was provided, and otherwise it's the base type.
1359///
1360/// * Next we cast from the naming class to the declaring class.
1361/// If the member we found was brought into a class's scope by
1362/// a using declaration, this is that class; otherwise it's
1363/// the class declaring the member.
1364///
1365/// * Finally we cast from the declaring class to the "true"
1366/// declaring class of the member. This conversion does not
1367/// obey access control.
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001368bool
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001369Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *&From,
1370 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001371 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001372 NamedDecl *Member) {
1373 CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Member->getDeclContext());
1374 if (!RD)
1375 return false;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001376
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001377 QualType DestRecordType;
1378 QualType DestType;
1379 QualType FromRecordType;
1380 QualType FromType = From->getType();
1381 bool PointerConversions = false;
1382 if (isa<FieldDecl>(Member)) {
1383 DestRecordType = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001384
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001385 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1386 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestRecordType);
1387 FromRecordType = FromType->getPointeeType();
1388 PointerConversions = true;
1389 } else {
1390 DestType = DestRecordType;
1391 FromRecordType = FromType;
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001392 }
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001393 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Member)) {
1394 if (Method->isStatic())
1395 return false;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001396
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001397 DestType = Method->getThisType(Context);
1398 DestRecordType = DestType->getPointeeType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001399
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001400 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1401 FromRecordType = FromType->getPointeeType();
1402 PointerConversions = true;
1403 } else {
1404 FromRecordType = FromType;
1405 DestType = DestRecordType;
1406 }
1407 } else {
1408 // No conversion necessary.
1409 return false;
1410 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001411
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001412 if (DestType->isDependentType() || FromType->isDependentType())
1413 return false;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001414
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001415 // If the unqualified types are the same, no conversion is necessary.
1416 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType))
1417 return false;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001418
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001419 SourceRange FromRange = From->getSourceRange();
1420 SourceLocation FromLoc = FromRange.getBegin();
1421
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001422 // C++ [class.member.lookup]p8:
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001423 // [...] Ambiguities can often be resolved by qualifying a name with its
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001424 // class name.
1425 //
1426 // If the member was a qualified name and the qualified referred to a
1427 // specific base subobject type, we'll cast to that intermediate type
1428 // first and then to the object in which the member is declared. That allows
1429 // one to resolve ambiguities in, e.g., a diamond-shaped hierarchy such as:
1430 //
1431 // class Base { public: int x; };
1432 // class Derived1 : public Base { };
1433 // class Derived2 : public Base { };
1434 // class VeryDerived : public Derived1, public Derived2 { void f(); };
1435 //
1436 // void VeryDerived::f() {
1437 // x = 17; // error: ambiguous base subobjects
1438 // Derived1::x = 17; // okay, pick the Base subobject of Derived1
1439 // }
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001440 if (Qualifier) {
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001441 QualType QType = QualType(Qualifier->getAsType(), 0);
1442 assert(!QType.isNull() && "lookup done with dependent qualifier?");
1443 assert(QType->isRecordType() && "lookup done with non-record type");
1444
1445 QualType QRecordType = QualType(QType->getAs<RecordType>(), 0);
1446
1447 // In C++98, the qualifier type doesn't actually have to be a base
1448 // type of the object type, in which case we just ignore it.
1449 // Otherwise build the appropriate casts.
1450 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromRecordType, QRecordType)) {
Anders Carlssonb78feca2010-04-24 19:22:20 +00001451 CXXBaseSpecifierArray BasePath;
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001452 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, QRecordType,
Anders Carlssonb78feca2010-04-24 19:22:20 +00001453 FromLoc, FromRange, &BasePath))
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001454 return true;
1455
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001456 if (PointerConversions)
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001457 QType = Context.getPointerType(QType);
John McCalld9c7c6562010-03-30 23:58:03 +00001458 ImpCastExprToType(From, QType, CastExpr::CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase,
Anders Carlssonb78feca2010-04-24 19:22:20 +00001459 /*isLvalue=*/!PointerConversions, BasePath);
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001460
1461 FromType = QType;
1462 FromRecordType = QRecordType;
1463
1464 // If the qualifier type was the same as the destination type,
1465 // we're done.
1466 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType))
1467 return false;
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001468 }
1469 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001470
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001471 bool IgnoreAccess = false;
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001472
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001473 // If we actually found the member through a using declaration, cast
1474 // down to the using declaration's type.
1475 //
1476 // Pointer equality is fine here because only one declaration of a
1477 // class ever has member declarations.
1478 if (FoundDecl->getDeclContext() != Member->getDeclContext()) {
1479 assert(isa<UsingShadowDecl>(FoundDecl));
1480 QualType URecordType = Context.getTypeDeclType(
1481 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FoundDecl->getDeclContext()));
1482
1483 // We only need to do this if the naming-class to declaring-class
1484 // conversion is non-trivial.
1485 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, URecordType)) {
1486 assert(IsDerivedFrom(FromRecordType, URecordType));
Anders Carlssonb78feca2010-04-24 19:22:20 +00001487 CXXBaseSpecifierArray BasePath;
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001488 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, URecordType,
Anders Carlssonb78feca2010-04-24 19:22:20 +00001489 FromLoc, FromRange, &BasePath))
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001490 return true;
1491
1492 QualType UType = URecordType;
1493 if (PointerConversions)
1494 UType = Context.getPointerType(UType);
John McCalld9c7c6562010-03-30 23:58:03 +00001495 ImpCastExprToType(From, UType, CastExpr::CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase,
Anders Carlssonb78feca2010-04-24 19:22:20 +00001496 /*isLvalue=*/!PointerConversions, BasePath);
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001497 FromType = UType;
1498 FromRecordType = URecordType;
1499 }
1500
1501 // We don't do access control for the conversion from the
1502 // declaring class to the true declaring class.
1503 IgnoreAccess = true;
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001504 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001505
Anders Carlssonb78feca2010-04-24 19:22:20 +00001506 CXXBaseSpecifierArray BasePath;
1507 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, DestRecordType,
1508 FromLoc, FromRange, &BasePath,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001509 IgnoreAccess))
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001510 return true;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001511
John McCalld9c7c6562010-03-30 23:58:03 +00001512 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase,
Anders Carlssonb78feca2010-04-24 19:22:20 +00001513 /*isLvalue=*/!PointerConversions, BasePath);
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001514 return false;
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001515}
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001516
Douglas Gregorf405d7e2009-08-31 23:41:50 +00001517/// \brief Build a MemberExpr AST node.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001518static MemberExpr *BuildMemberExpr(ASTContext &C, Expr *Base, bool isArrow,
Eli Friedman2cfcef62009-12-04 06:40:45 +00001519 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, ValueDecl *Member,
John McCalla8ae2222010-04-06 21:38:20 +00001520 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
1521 SourceLocation Loc, QualType Ty,
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001522 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = 0) {
1523 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
1524 SourceRange QualifierRange;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001525 if (SS.isSet()) {
1526 Qualifier = (NestedNameSpecifier *) SS.getScopeRep();
1527 QualifierRange = SS.getRange();
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001528 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001529
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001530 return MemberExpr::Create(C, Base, isArrow, Qualifier, QualifierRange,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001531 Member, FoundDecl, Loc, TemplateArgs, Ty);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00001532}
1533
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001534/// Builds an implicit member access expression. The current context
1535/// is known to be an instance method, and the given unqualified lookup
1536/// set is known to contain only instance members, at least one of which
1537/// is from an appropriate type.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001538Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001539Sema::BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1540 LookupResult &R,
1541 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
1542 bool IsKnownInstance) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001543 assert(!R.empty() && !R.isAmbiguous());
1544
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001545 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00001546
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001547 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
1548 // (C++ [class.union]).
Douglas Gregor6493d9c2009-10-22 07:08:30 +00001549 // FIXME: This needs to happen post-isImplicitMemberReference?
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001550 // FIXME: template-ids inside anonymous structs?
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001551 if (FieldDecl *FD = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>())
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001552 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001553 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001554
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001555 // If this is known to be an instance access, go ahead and build a
1556 // 'this' expression now.
1557 QualType ThisType = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)->getThisType(Context);
1558 Expr *This = 0; // null signifies implicit access
1559 if (IsKnownInstance) {
Douglas Gregorb15af892010-01-07 23:12:05 +00001560 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
1561 if (SS.getRange().isValid())
1562 Loc = SS.getRange().getBegin();
1563 This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisType, /*isImplicit=*/true);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001564 }
1565
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001566 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, This), ThisType,
1567 /*OpLoc*/ SourceLocation(),
1568 /*IsArrow*/ true,
John McCall38836f02010-01-15 08:34:02 +00001569 SS,
1570 /*FirstQualifierInScope*/ 0,
1571 R, TemplateArgs);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001572}
1573
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001574bool Sema::UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001575 const LookupResult &R,
1576 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001577 // Only when used directly as the postfix-expression of a call.
1578 if (!HasTrailingLParen)
1579 return false;
1580
1581 // Never if a scope specifier was provided.
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001582 if (SS.isSet())
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001583 return false;
1584
1585 // Only in C++ or ObjC++.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001586 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001587 return false;
1588
1589 // Turn off ADL when we find certain kinds of declarations during
1590 // normal lookup:
1591 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
1592 NamedDecl *D = *I;
1593
1594 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1595 // -- a declaration of a class member
1596 // Since using decls preserve this property, we check this on the
1597 // original decl.
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001598 if (D->isCXXClassMember())
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001599 return false;
1600
1601 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1602 // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a
1603 // using-declaration
1604 // NOTE: we also trigger this for function templates (in fact, we
1605 // don't check the decl type at all, since all other decl types
1606 // turn off ADL anyway).
1607 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
1608 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
1609 else if (D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1610 return false;
1611
1612 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1613 // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function
1614 // template
1615 // And also for builtin functions.
1616 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1617 FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
1618
1619 // But also builtin functions.
1620 if (FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
1621 return false;
1622 } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
1623 return false;
1624 }
1625
1626 return true;
1627}
1628
1629
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001630/// Diagnoses obvious problems with the use of the given declaration
1631/// as an expression. This is only actually called for lookups that
1632/// were not overloaded, and it doesn't promise that the declaration
1633/// will in fact be used.
1634static bool CheckDeclInExpr(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
1635 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D)) {
1636 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << D->getDeclName();
1637 return true;
1638 }
1639
1640 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) {
1641 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << D->getDeclName();
1642 return true;
1643 }
1644
1645 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D)) {
1646 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << D->getDeclName();
1647 return true;
1648 }
1649
1650 return false;
1651}
1652
1653Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001654Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001655 LookupResult &R,
1656 bool NeedsADL) {
John McCall3a60c872009-12-08 22:45:53 +00001657 // If this is a single, fully-resolved result and we don't need ADL,
1658 // just build an ordinary singleton decl ref.
Douglas Gregor4b4844f2010-01-29 17:15:43 +00001659 if (!NeedsADL && R.isSingleResult() && !R.getAsSingle<FunctionTemplateDecl>())
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001660 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl());
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001661
1662 // We only need to check the declaration if there's exactly one
1663 // result, because in the overloaded case the results can only be
1664 // functions and function templates.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001665 if (R.isSingleResult() &&
1666 CheckDeclInExpr(*this, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl()))
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001667 return ExprError();
1668
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00001669 // Otherwise, just build an unresolved lookup expression. Suppress
1670 // any lookup-related diagnostics; we'll hash these out later, when
1671 // we've picked a target.
1672 R.suppressDiagnostics();
1673
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001674 bool Dependent
1675 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::ComputeDependence(R.begin(), R.end(), 0);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001676 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00001677 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, Dependent, R.getNamingClass(),
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001678 (NestedNameSpecifier*) SS.getScopeRep(),
1679 SS.getRange(),
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001680 R.getLookupName(), R.getNameLoc(),
1681 NeedsADL, R.isOverloadedResult());
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00001682 ULE->addDecls(R.begin(), R.end());
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001683
1684 return Owned(ULE);
1685}
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001686
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001687
1688/// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
1689Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001690Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001691 SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
1692 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00001693 assert(!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) &&
1694 "Cannot refer unambiguously to a function template");
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001695
1696 if (CheckDeclInExpr(*this, Loc, D))
1697 return ExprError();
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001698
Douglas Gregore7488b92009-12-01 16:58:18 +00001699 if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) {
1700 // Specifically diagnose references to class templates that are missing
1701 // a template argument list.
1702 Diag(Loc, diag::err_template_decl_ref)
1703 << Template << SS.getRange();
1704 Diag(Template->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here);
1705 return ExprError();
1706 }
1707
1708 // Make sure that we're referring to a value.
1709 ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D);
1710 if (!VD) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001711 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_non_value)
Douglas Gregore7488b92009-12-01 16:58:18 +00001712 << D << SS.getRange();
John McCallb48971d2009-12-18 18:35:10 +00001713 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
Douglas Gregore7488b92009-12-01 16:58:18 +00001714 return ExprError();
1715 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001716
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001717 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1718 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1719 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1720 // that overload resolution actually selects.
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001721 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001722 return ExprError();
1723
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001724 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1725 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001726 return ExprError();
1727
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001728 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1729 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1730 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1731 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001732 //
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001733 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1734 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1735 //
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001736 if (getCurBlock() &&
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +00001737 ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(*this, getCurBlock(), VD)) {
Mike Stump7dafa0d2010-01-05 02:56:35 +00001738 if (VD->getType().getTypePtr()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
1739 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_vm_type);
1740 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
1741 return ExprError();
1742 }
1743
Fariborz Jahanianfa24e102010-03-16 23:39:51 +00001744 if (VD->getType()->isArrayType()) {
Mike Stump8971a862010-01-05 03:10:36 +00001745 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_array_type);
1746 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
1747 return ExprError();
1748 }
1749
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001750 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD);
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001751 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001752 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00001753 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001754 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001755 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added.
1756 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified();
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001757 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001758
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001759 ExprTy.addConst();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001760 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false,
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001761 constAdded));
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001762 }
1763 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1764 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001765
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001766 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc, &SS);
Chris Lattner17ed4872006-11-20 04:58:19 +00001767}
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001768
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001769Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1770 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattner6307f192008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001771 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001772
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001773 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattner317e6ba2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001774 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattner6307f192008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001775 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1776 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1777 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001778 }
Chris Lattner317e6ba2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001779
Chris Lattnera81a0272008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001780 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1781 // string.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001782
Anders Carlsson2fb08242009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001783 Decl *currentDecl = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
1784 if (!currentDecl) {
Chris Lattnerf45c5ec2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001785 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
Anders Carlsson2fb08242009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001786 currentDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
Chris Lattnerf45c5ec2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001787 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001788
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001789 QualType ResTy;
1790 if (cast<DeclContext>(currentDecl)->isDependentContext()) {
1791 ResTy = Context.DependentTy;
1792 } else {
Anders Carlsson5bd8d192010-02-11 18:20:28 +00001793 unsigned Length = PredefinedExpr::ComputeName(IT, currentDecl).length();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001794
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001795 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001796 ResTy = Context.CharTy.withConst();
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001797 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1798 }
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001799 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001800}
1801
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001802Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001803 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
Douglas Gregordc970f02010-03-16 22:30:13 +00001804 bool Invalid = false;
1805 llvm::StringRef ThisTok = PP.getSpelling(Tok, CharBuffer, &Invalid);
1806 if (Invalid)
1807 return ExprError();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001808
Benjamin Kramer0a1abd42010-02-27 13:44:12 +00001809 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTok.begin(), ThisTok.end(), Tok.getLocation(),
1810 PP);
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001811 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001812 return ExprError();
Chris Lattneref24b382008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001813
Chris Lattnerc3847ba2009-12-30 21:19:39 +00001814 QualType Ty;
1815 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
1816 Ty = Context.IntTy; // 'x' and L'x' -> int in C.
1817 else if (Literal.isWide())
1818 Ty = Context.WCharTy; // L'x' -> wchar_t in C++.
Eli Friedmaneb1df702010-02-03 18:21:45 +00001819 else if (Literal.isMultiChar())
1820 Ty = Context.IntTy; // 'wxyz' -> int in C++.
Chris Lattnerc3847ba2009-12-30 21:19:39 +00001821 else
1822 Ty = Context.CharTy; // 'x' -> char in C++
Chris Lattneref24b382008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001823
Sebastian Redl20614a72009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001824 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1825 Literal.isWide(),
Chris Lattnerc3847ba2009-12-30 21:19:39 +00001826 Ty, Tok.getLocation()));
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001827}
1828
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001829Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1830 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001831 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1832 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattner9240b3e2009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001833 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattnerc4c18192009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001834 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001835 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroff5faaef72009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001836 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001837 }
Ted Kremeneke9814182009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001838
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001839 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattnera1cf5f92008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001840 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1841 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Steve Naroff8160ea22007-03-06 01:09:46 +00001842 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001843
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001844 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
Douglas Gregordc970f02010-03-16 22:30:13 +00001845 bool Invalid = false;
1846 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin, &Invalid);
1847 if (Invalid)
1848 return ExprError();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001849
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001850 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
Steve Naroff451d8f162007-03-12 23:22:38 +00001851 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001852 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001853 return ExprError();
1854
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001855 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001856
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001857 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001858 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001859 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001860 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001861 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001862 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001863 else
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001864 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001865
1866 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1867
John McCall53b93a02009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001868 using llvm::APFloat;
1869 APFloat Val(Format);
1870
1871 APFloat::opStatus result = Literal.GetFloatValue(Val);
John McCall122c8312009-12-24 11:09:08 +00001872
1873 // Overflow is always an error, but underflow is only an error if
1874 // we underflowed to zero (APFloat reports denormals as underflow).
1875 if ((result & APFloat::opOverflow) ||
1876 ((result & APFloat::opUnderflow) && Val.isZero())) {
John McCall53b93a02009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001877 unsigned diagnostic;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001878 llvm::SmallString<20> buffer;
John McCall53b93a02009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001879 if (result & APFloat::opOverflow) {
John McCall62abc942010-02-26 23:35:57 +00001880 diagnostic = diag::warn_float_overflow;
John McCall53b93a02009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001881 APFloat::getLargest(Format).toString(buffer);
1882 } else {
John McCall62abc942010-02-26 23:35:57 +00001883 diagnostic = diag::warn_float_underflow;
John McCall53b93a02009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001884 APFloat::getSmallest(Format).toString(buffer);
1885 }
1886
1887 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diagnostic)
1888 << Ty
1889 << llvm::StringRef(buffer.data(), buffer.size());
1890 }
1891
1892 bool isExact = (result == APFloat::opOK);
Chris Lattnere4edb8e2009-06-29 17:34:55 +00001893 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001894
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001895 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001896 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001897 } else {
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001898 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001899
Neil Boothac582c52007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001900 // long long is a C99 feature.
1901 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth4a1ee052007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001902 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Boothac582c52007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001903 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1904
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001905 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001906 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001907
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001908 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1909 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1910 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001911 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1912 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001913 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001914 } else {
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001915 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1916 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001917
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001918 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1919 // be an unsigned int.
1920 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1921
1922 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001923 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner7b939cf2007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001924 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1925 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001926 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001927
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001928 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1929 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1930 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1931 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001932 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001933 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001934 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001935 Width = IntSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001936 }
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001937 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001938
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001939 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001940 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001941 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001942
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001943 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1944 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1945 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1946 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001947 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001948 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001949 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001950 Width = LongSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001951 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001952 }
1953
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001954 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001955 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001956 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001957
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001958 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1959 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1960 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1961 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001962 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001963 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001964 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001965 Width = LongLongSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001966 }
1967 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001968
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001969 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1970 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001971 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001972 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001973 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001974 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001975 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001976
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001977 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1978 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001979 }
Sebastian Redl20614a72009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001980 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001981 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001982
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001983 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1984 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001985 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001986 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001987
1988 return Owned(Res);
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001989}
1990
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001991Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1992 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001993 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001994 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001995 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001996}
1997
Steve Naroff71b59a92007-06-04 22:22:31 +00001998/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00001999/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002000bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00002001 SourceLocation OpLoc,
2002 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
2003 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002004 if (exprType->isDependentType())
2005 return false;
2006
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +00002007 // C++ [expr.sizeof]p2: "When applied to a reference or a reference type,
2008 // the result is the size of the referenced type."
2009 // C++ [expr.alignof]p3: "When alignof is applied to a reference type, the
2010 // result shall be the alignment of the referenced type."
2011 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = exprType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
2012 exprType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2013
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00002014 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00002015 if (exprType->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002016 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00002017 if (isSizeof)
2018 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
2019 return false;
2020 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002021
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002022 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00002023 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002024 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
2025 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00002026 return false;
2027 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002028
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002029 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
Douglas Gregor906db8a2009-12-15 16:44:32 +00002030 PDiag(diag::err_sizeof_alignof_incomplete_type)
2031 << int(!isSizeof) << ExprRange))
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002032 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002033
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002034 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanian1dcb3222009-04-24 17:34:33 +00002035 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002036 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattnercd2a8c52009-04-24 22:30:50 +00002037 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
2038 return true;
Chris Lattner37920f52009-04-21 19:55:16 +00002039 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002040
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002041 return false;
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00002042}
2043
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00002044bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2045 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
2046 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002047
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002048 // alignof decl is always ok.
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00002049 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
2050 return false;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002051
2052 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
2053 if (E->isTypeDependent())
2054 return false;
2055
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00002056 if (E->getBitField()) {
2057 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
2058 return true;
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00002059 }
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00002060
2061 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
2062 // bit-field.
2063 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
Mike Stump212005c2009-07-22 18:58:19 +00002064 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00002065 return false;
2066
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00002067 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
2068}
2069
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002070/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002071Action::OwningExprResult
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002072Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00002073 SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002074 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002075 if (!TInfo)
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002076 return ExprError();
2077
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002078 QualType T = TInfo->getType();
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00002079
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002080 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
2081 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
2082 return ExprError();
2083
2084 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002085 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, TInfo,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002086 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
2087 R.getEnd()));
2088}
2089
2090/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
2091/// operand.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002092Action::OwningExprResult
2093Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002094 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
2095 // Verify that the operand is valid.
2096 bool isInvalid = false;
2097 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
2098 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
2099 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
2100 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00002101 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002102 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
2103 isInvalid = true;
2104 } else {
2105 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
2106 }
2107
2108 if (isInvalid)
2109 return ExprError();
2110
2111 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
2112 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
2113 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
2114 R.getEnd()));
2115}
2116
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00002117/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
2118/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
2119/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002120Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00002121Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
2122 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Chris Lattner0d8b1a12006-11-20 04:34:45 +00002123 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002124 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00002125
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00002126 if (isType) {
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002127 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
2128 (void) GetTypeFromParser(TyOrEx, &TInfo);
2129 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(TInfo, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002130 }
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00002131
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002132 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
2133 Action::OwningExprResult Result
2134 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
2135
2136 if (Result.isInvalid())
2137 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
2138
2139 return move(Result);
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002140}
2141
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00002142QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002143 if (V->isTypeDependent())
2144 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002145
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00002146 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002147 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>())
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00002148 return CT->getElementType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002149
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00002150 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
2151 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
2152 return V->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002153
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00002154 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00002155 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
2156 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00002157 return QualType();
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00002158}
2159
2160
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002161
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002162Action::OwningExprResult
2163Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2164 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002165 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
2166 switch (Kind) {
2167 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
2168 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
2169 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
2170 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002171
Eli Friedmancfdd40c2009-11-18 03:38:04 +00002172 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002173}
2174
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002175Action::OwningExprResult
2176Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
2177 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002178 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
2179 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
2180
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002181 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
2182 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002183
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00002184 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor7a77a6b2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00002185 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
2186 Base.release();
2187 Idx.release();
2188 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
2189 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
2190 }
2191
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002192 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002193 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedman254a1a22008-12-15 22:34:21 +00002194 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
2195 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
2196 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00002197 return CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(LLoc, RLoc, move(Base),move(Idx));
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00002198 }
2199
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00002200 return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(move(Base), LLoc, move(Idx), RLoc);
2201}
2202
2203
2204Action::OwningExprResult
2205Sema::CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
2206 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
2207 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get());
2208 Expr *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
2209
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002210 // Perform default conversions.
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +00002211 if (!LHSExp->getType()->getAs<VectorType>())
2212 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHSExp);
2213 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002214
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002215 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00002216
Steve Naroffc1aadb12007-03-28 21:49:40 +00002217 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00002218 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002219 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00002220 // and index from the expression types.
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002221 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
2222 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002223 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
2224 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
2225 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
2226 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002227 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002228 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
2229 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002230 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002231 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattneraee0cfd2007-07-16 00:23:25 +00002232 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002233 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
2234 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002235 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002236 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002237 LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002238 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
2239 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
2240 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002241 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002242 RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002243 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
2244 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
2245 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
2246 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002247 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattner41977962007-07-31 19:29:30 +00002248 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002249 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begemanc1bf0612009-01-18 00:45:31 +00002250
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002251 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
2252 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002253 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
2254 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +00002255 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, it must be an array that
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002256 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
2257 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
2258 // force the promotion here.
2259 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
2260 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002261 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy),
2262 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002263 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
2264
2265 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
2266 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002267 ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002268 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
2269 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
2270 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
2271 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002272 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy),
2273 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002274 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
2275
2276 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
2277 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002278 ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroffb3096442007-06-09 03:47:53 +00002279 } else {
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00002280 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
2281 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002282 }
Steve Naroffc1aadb12007-03-28 21:49:40 +00002283 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002284 if (!(IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
2285 IndexExpr->getType()->isScalarType()) && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00002286 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
2287 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffb29cdd52007-07-10 18:23:31 +00002288
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00002289 if ((IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
Sam Weinigb7608d72009-09-14 20:14:57 +00002290 IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U))
2291 && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Sam Weinig914244e2009-09-14 01:58:58 +00002292 Diag(LLoc, diag::warn_subscript_is_char) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange();
2293
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002294 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002295 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
2296 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002297 // incomplete types are not object types.
2298 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
2299 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
2300 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2301 return ExprError();
2302 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002303
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002304 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002305 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002306 PDiag(diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type)
2307 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002308 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002309
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002310 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
2311 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
2312 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
2313 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2314 return ExprError();
2315 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002316
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002317 Base.release();
2318 Idx.release();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002319 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002320 ResultType, RLoc));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002321}
2322
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002323QualType Sema::
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002324CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002325 const IdentifierInfo *CompName,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002326 SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Daniel Dunbarc0429402009-10-18 02:09:38 +00002327 // FIXME: Share logic with ExtVectorElementExpr::containsDuplicateElements,
2328 // see FIXME there.
2329 //
2330 // FIXME: This logic can be greatly simplified by splitting it along
2331 // halving/not halving and reworking the component checking.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002332 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAs<ExtVectorType>();
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002333
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002334 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
Daniel Dunbar2c422dc92009-10-18 20:26:12 +00002335 const char *compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002336
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002337 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002338 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
2339 // to be selected.
2340 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002341
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002342 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
2343 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
Nate Begeman0359e122009-06-25 21:06:09 +00002344 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's' || *compStr == 'S';
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002345
2346 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
2347 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002348 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002349 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
2350 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002351 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00002352 do
2353 compStr++;
2354 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002355 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00002356 do
2357 compStr++;
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002358 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00002359 }
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002360
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002361 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002362 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
2363 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002364 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
2365 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002366 return QualType();
2367 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002368
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002369 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
2370 // operates on.
2371 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
Daniel Dunbar2c422dc92009-10-18 20:26:12 +00002372 compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002373
2374 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002375 compStr++;
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002376
2377 while (*compStr) {
2378 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
2379 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
2380 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
2381 return QualType();
2382 }
2383 }
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002384 }
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002385
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002386 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002387 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002388 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002389 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002390 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begemanac8183a2009-12-15 18:13:04 +00002391 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? (vecType->getNumElements() + 1) / 2
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002392 : CompName->getLength();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002393 if (HexSwizzle)
2394 CompSize--;
2395
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002396 if (CompSize == 1)
2397 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002398
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002399 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002400 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002401 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
2402 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
2403 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
2404 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroffddf5a1d2007-07-29 16:33:31 +00002405 }
2406 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002407}
2408
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002409static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002410 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002411 const Selector &Sel,
2412 ASTContext &Context) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002413
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002414 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002415 return PD;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002416 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002417 return OMD;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002418
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002419 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
2420 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002421 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002422 Context))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002423 return D;
2424 }
2425 return 0;
2426}
2427
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002428static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002429 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002430 const Selector &Sel,
2431 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002432 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
2433 Decl *GDecl = 0;
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002434 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002435 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002436 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002437 GDecl = PD;
2438 break;
2439 }
2440 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002441 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002442 GDecl = OMD;
2443 break;
2444 }
2445 }
2446 if (!GDecl) {
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002447 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002448 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
2449 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002450 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002451 if (GDecl)
2452 return GDecl;
2453 }
2454 }
2455 return GDecl;
2456}
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00002457
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002458Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002459Sema::ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg Base, QualType BaseType,
2460 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002461 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2462 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
2463 DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
2464 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2465 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
2466
2467 // Even in dependent contexts, try to diagnose base expressions with
2468 // obviously wrong types, e.g.:
2469 //
2470 // T* t;
2471 // t.f;
2472 //
2473 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
2474 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
2475 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
2476 if (!IsArrow) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002477 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002478 if (PT && (!getLangOptions().ObjC1 ||
2479 PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType())) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002480 assert(BaseExpr && "cannot happen with implicit member accesses");
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002481 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002482 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002483 return ExprError();
2484 }
2485 }
2486
Douglas Gregor41f90302010-04-12 20:54:26 +00002487 assert(BaseType->isDependentType() || Name.isDependentName() ||
2488 isDependentScopeSpecifier(SS));
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002489
2490 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
2491 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002492 return Owned(CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, BaseType,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002493 IsArrow, OpLoc,
2494 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep()),
2495 SS.getRange(),
2496 FirstQualifierInScope,
2497 Name, NameLoc,
2498 TemplateArgs));
2499}
2500
2501/// We know that the given qualified member reference points only to
2502/// declarations which do not belong to the static type of the base
2503/// expression. Diagnose the problem.
2504static void DiagnoseQualifiedMemberReference(Sema &SemaRef,
2505 Expr *BaseExpr,
2506 QualType BaseType,
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002507 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002508 const LookupResult &R) {
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002509 // If this is an implicit member access, use a different set of
2510 // diagnostics.
2511 if (!BaseExpr)
2512 return DiagnoseInstanceReference(SemaRef, SS, R);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002513
John McCall1e67dd62010-04-27 01:43:38 +00002514 SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_qualified_member_of_unrelated)
2515 << SS.getRange() << R.getRepresentativeDecl() << BaseType;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002516}
2517
2518// Check whether the declarations we found through a nested-name
2519// specifier in a member expression are actually members of the base
2520// type. The restriction here is:
2521//
2522// C++ [expr.ref]p2:
2523// ... In these cases, the id-expression shall name a
2524// member of the class or of one of its base classes.
2525//
2526// So it's perfectly legitimate for the nested-name specifier to name
2527// an unrelated class, and for us to find an overload set including
2528// decls from classes which are not superclasses, as long as the decl
2529// we actually pick through overload resolution is from a superclass.
2530bool Sema::CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr,
2531 QualType BaseType,
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002532 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002533 const LookupResult &R) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002534 const RecordType *BaseRT = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>();
2535 if (!BaseRT) {
2536 // We can't check this yet because the base type is still
2537 // dependent.
2538 assert(BaseType->isDependentType());
2539 return false;
2540 }
2541 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002542
2543 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002544 // If this is an implicit member reference and we find a
2545 // non-instance member, it's not an error.
John McCalla8ae2222010-04-06 21:38:20 +00002546 if (!BaseExpr && !(*I)->isCXXInstanceMember())
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002547 return false;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002548
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002549 // Note that we use the DC of the decl, not the underlying decl.
2550 CXXRecordDecl *RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>((*I)->getDeclContext());
2551 while (RecordD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
2552 RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordD->getParent());
2553
2554 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*,4> MemberRecord;
2555 MemberRecord.insert(RecordD->getCanonicalDecl());
2556
2557 if (!IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(*this, BaseRecord, MemberRecord))
2558 return false;
2559 }
2560
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002561 DiagnoseQualifiedMemberReference(*this, BaseExpr, BaseType, SS, R);
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002562 return true;
2563}
2564
2565static bool
2566LookupMemberExprInRecord(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &R,
2567 SourceRange BaseRange, const RecordType *RTy,
Jeffrey Yasskinc76498d2010-04-08 16:38:48 +00002568 SourceLocation OpLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002569 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
2570 if (SemaRef.RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, QualType(RTy, 0),
Douglas Gregor89336232010-03-29 23:34:08 +00002571 SemaRef.PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002572 << BaseRange))
2573 return true;
2574
2575 DeclContext *DC = RDecl;
2576 if (SS.isSet()) {
2577 // If the member name was a qualified-id, look into the
2578 // nested-name-specifier.
2579 DC = SemaRef.computeDeclContext(SS, false);
2580
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002581 if (SemaRef.RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS)) {
2582 SemaRef.Diag(SS.getRange().getEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
2583 << SS.getRange() << DC;
2584 return true;
2585 }
2586
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002587 assert(DC && "Cannot handle non-computable dependent contexts in lookup");
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002588
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002589 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(DC)) {
2590 SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_qualified_member_nonclass)
2591 << DC << SS.getRange();
2592 return true;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002593 }
2594 }
2595
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002596 // The record definition is complete, now look up the member.
2597 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002598
Douglas Gregoraf2bd472009-12-31 07:42:17 +00002599 if (!R.empty())
2600 return false;
2601
2602 // We didn't find anything with the given name, so try to correct
2603 // for typos.
2604 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
Douglas Gregor280e1ee2010-04-14 20:04:41 +00002605 if (SemaRef.CorrectTypo(R, 0, &SS, DC, false, Sema::CTC_MemberLookup) &&
2606 !R.empty() &&
Douglas Gregoraf2bd472009-12-31 07:42:17 +00002607 (isa<ValueDecl>(*R.begin()) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*R.begin()))) {
2608 SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest)
2609 << Name << DC << R.getLookupName() << SS.getRange()
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00002610 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
2611 R.getLookupName().getAsString());
Douglas Gregor6da83622010-01-07 00:17:44 +00002612 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>())
2613 SemaRef.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
2614 << ND->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregoraf2bd472009-12-31 07:42:17 +00002615 return false;
2616 } else {
2617 R.clear();
2618 }
2619
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002620 return false;
2621}
2622
2623Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002624Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg BaseArg, QualType BaseType,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002625 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
Jeffrey Yasskinc76498d2010-04-08 16:38:48 +00002626 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002627 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
2628 DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
2629 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2630 Expr *Base = BaseArg.takeAs<Expr>();
2631
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002632 if (BaseType->isDependentType() ||
2633 (SS.isSet() && isDependentScopeSpecifier(SS)))
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002634 return ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), BaseType,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002635 IsArrow, OpLoc,
2636 SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
2637 Name, NameLoc,
2638 TemplateArgs);
2639
2640 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupMemberName);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002641
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002642 // Implicit member accesses.
2643 if (!Base) {
2644 QualType RecordTy = BaseType;
2645 if (IsArrow) RecordTy = RecordTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
2646 if (LookupMemberExprInRecord(*this, R, SourceRange(),
2647 RecordTy->getAs<RecordType>(),
2648 OpLoc, SS))
2649 return ExprError();
2650
2651 // Explicit member accesses.
2652 } else {
2653 OwningExprResult Result =
2654 LookupMemberExpr(R, Base, IsArrow, OpLoc,
John McCall38836f02010-01-15 08:34:02 +00002655 SS, /*ObjCImpDecl*/ DeclPtrTy());
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002656
2657 if (Result.isInvalid()) {
2658 Owned(Base);
2659 return ExprError();
2660 }
2661
2662 if (Result.get())
2663 return move(Result);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002664 }
2665
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002666 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), BaseType,
John McCall38836f02010-01-15 08:34:02 +00002667 OpLoc, IsArrow, SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
2668 R, TemplateArgs);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002669}
2670
2671Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002672Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg Base, QualType BaseExprType,
2673 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
2674 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall38836f02010-01-15 08:34:02 +00002675 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002676 LookupResult &R,
2677 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2678 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002679 QualType BaseType = BaseExprType;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002680 if (IsArrow) {
2681 assert(BaseType->isPointerType());
2682 BaseType = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
2683 }
John McCalla8ae2222010-04-06 21:38:20 +00002684 R.setBaseObjectType(BaseType);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002685
2686 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier =
2687 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep());
2688 DeclarationName MemberName = R.getLookupName();
2689 SourceLocation MemberLoc = R.getNameLoc();
2690
2691 if (R.isAmbiguous())
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002692 return ExprError();
2693
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002694 if (R.empty()) {
2695 // Rederive where we looked up.
2696 DeclContext *DC = (SS.isSet()
2697 ? computeDeclContext(SS, false)
2698 : BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002699
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002700 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002701 << MemberName << DC
2702 << (BaseExpr ? BaseExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange());
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002703 return ExprError();
2704 }
2705
John McCall38836f02010-01-15 08:34:02 +00002706 // Diagnose lookups that find only declarations from a non-base
2707 // type. This is possible for either qualified lookups (which may
2708 // have been qualified with an unrelated type) or implicit member
2709 // expressions (which were found with unqualified lookup and thus
2710 // may have come from an enclosing scope). Note that it's okay for
2711 // lookup to find declarations from a non-base type as long as those
2712 // aren't the ones picked by overload resolution.
2713 if ((SS.isSet() || !BaseExpr ||
2714 (isa<CXXThisExpr>(BaseExpr) &&
2715 cast<CXXThisExpr>(BaseExpr)->isImplicit())) &&
2716 CheckQualifiedMemberReference(BaseExpr, BaseType, SS, R))
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002717 return ExprError();
2718
2719 // Construct an unresolved result if we in fact got an unresolved
2720 // result.
2721 if (R.isOverloadedResult() || R.isUnresolvableResult()) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002722 bool Dependent =
John McCall71739032009-12-19 02:05:44 +00002723 BaseExprType->isDependentType() ||
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002724 R.isUnresolvableResult() ||
John McCall1acbbb52010-02-02 06:20:04 +00002725 OverloadExpr::ComputeDependence(R.begin(), R.end(), TemplateArgs);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002726
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00002727 // Suppress any lookup-related diagnostics; we'll do these when we
2728 // pick a member.
2729 R.suppressDiagnostics();
2730
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002731 UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemExpr
2732 = UnresolvedMemberExpr::Create(Context, Dependent,
2733 R.isUnresolvableResult(),
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002734 BaseExpr, BaseExprType,
2735 IsArrow, OpLoc,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002736 Qualifier, SS.getRange(),
2737 MemberName, MemberLoc,
2738 TemplateArgs);
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00002739 MemExpr->addDecls(R.begin(), R.end());
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002740
2741 return Owned(MemExpr);
2742 }
2743
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002744 assert(R.isSingleResult());
John McCalla8ae2222010-04-06 21:38:20 +00002745 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = R.begin().getPair();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002746 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
2747
2748 // FIXME: diagnose the presence of template arguments now.
2749
2750 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2751 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2752 // error cases.
2753 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2754 return ExprError();
2755
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002756 // Handle the implicit-member-access case.
2757 if (!BaseExpr) {
2758 // If this is not an instance member, convert to a non-member access.
John McCalla8ae2222010-04-06 21:38:20 +00002759 if (!MemberDecl->isCXXInstanceMember())
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002760 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getNameLoc(), MemberDecl);
2761
Douglas Gregorb15af892010-01-07 23:12:05 +00002762 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
2763 if (SS.getRange().isValid())
2764 Loc = SS.getRange().getBegin();
2765 BaseExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, BaseExprType,/*isImplicit=*/true);
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002766 }
2767
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002768 bool ShouldCheckUse = true;
2769 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2770 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's
2771 // explicitly qualified.
2772 if (MD->isVirtual() && !SS.isSet())
2773 ShouldCheckUse = false;
2774 }
2775
2776 // Check the use of this member.
2777 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc)) {
2778 Owned(BaseExpr);
2779 return ExprError();
2780 }
2781
2782 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2783 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2784 // (C++ [class.union]).
Eli Friedman78cde142009-12-04 07:18:51 +00002785 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
2786 !BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002787 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
2788 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
2789
2790 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
2791 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
2792 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
2793 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2794 else {
2795 Qualifiers BaseQuals = BaseType.getQualifiers();
2796 BaseQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
2797 if (FD->isMutable()) BaseQuals.removeConst();
2798
2799 Qualifiers MemberQuals
2800 = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
2801
2802 Qualifiers Combined = BaseQuals + MemberQuals;
2803 if (Combined != MemberQuals)
2804 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, Combined);
2805 }
2806
2807 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD);
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00002808 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(BaseExpr, Qualifier, FoundDecl, FD))
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002809 return ExprError();
2810 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00002811 FD, FoundDecl, MemberLoc, MemberType));
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002812 }
2813
2814 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2815 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, Var);
2816 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00002817 Var, FoundDecl, MemberLoc,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002818 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
2819 }
2820
2821 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2822 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
2823 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00002824 MemberFn, FoundDecl, MemberLoc,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002825 MemberFn->getType()));
2826 }
2827
2828 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2829 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
2830 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00002831 Enum, FoundDecl, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002832 }
2833
2834 Owned(BaseExpr);
2835
Douglas Gregor861eb802010-04-25 20:55:08 +00002836 // We found something that we didn't expect. Complain.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002837 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Douglas Gregor861eb802010-04-25 20:55:08 +00002838 Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
2839 << MemberName << BaseType << int(IsArrow);
2840 else
2841 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
2842 << MemberName << BaseType << int(IsArrow);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002843
Douglas Gregor861eb802010-04-25 20:55:08 +00002844 Diag(MemberDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_member_declared_here)
2845 << MemberName;
Douglas Gregor516d6722010-04-25 21:15:30 +00002846 R.suppressDiagnostics();
Douglas Gregor861eb802010-04-25 20:55:08 +00002847 return ExprError();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002848}
2849
2850/// Look up the given member of the given non-type-dependent
2851/// expression. This can return in one of two ways:
2852/// * If it returns a sentinel null-but-valid result, the caller will
2853/// assume that lookup was performed and the results written into
2854/// the provided structure. It will take over from there.
2855/// * Otherwise, the returned expression will be produced in place of
2856/// an ordinary member expression.
2857///
2858/// The ObjCImpDecl bit is a gross hack that will need to be properly
2859/// fixed for ObjC++.
2860Sema::OwningExprResult
2861Sema::LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, Expr *&BaseExpr,
John McCalla928c652009-12-07 22:46:59 +00002862 bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Jeffrey Yasskinc76498d2010-04-08 16:38:48 +00002863 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002864 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl) {
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002865 assert(BaseExpr && "no base expression");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002866
Steve Naroffeaaae462007-12-16 21:42:28 +00002867 // Perform default conversions.
2868 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002869
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002870 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002871 assert(!BaseType->isDependentType());
2872
2873 DeclarationName MemberName = R.getLookupName();
2874 SourceLocation MemberLoc = R.getNameLoc();
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002875
2876 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function pointer
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002877 // type, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call that
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002878 // function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses, build the
2879 // call, and continue on.
2880 if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
2881 if (const FunctionProtoType *Fun
2882 = Ptr->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
2883 QualType ResultTy = Fun->getResultType();
2884 if (Fun->getNumArgs() == 0 &&
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002885 ((!IsArrow && ResultTy->isRecordType()) ||
2886 (IsArrow && ResultTy->isPointerType() &&
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002887 ResultTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()
2888 ->isRecordType()))) {
2889 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2890 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_reference_needs_call)
2891 << QualType(Fun, 0)
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00002892 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002893
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002894 OwningExprResult NewBase
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002895 = ActOnCallExpr(0, ExprArg(*this, BaseExpr), Loc,
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002896 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0), 0, Loc);
2897 if (NewBase.isInvalid())
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002898 return ExprError();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002899
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002900 BaseExpr = NewBase.takeAs<Expr>();
2901 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
2902 BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
2903 }
2904 }
2905 }
2906
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002907 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
2908 // use that.
2909 if (BaseType->isObjCIdType()) {
Fariborz Jahanianc2949f92009-12-07 20:09:25 +00002910 if (IsArrow) {
2911 // Handle the following exceptional case PObj->isa.
2912 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
2913 BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
2914 if (OPT->getPointeeType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
2915 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa"))
Fariborz Jahaniana5fee262009-12-09 19:05:56 +00002916 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, true, MemberLoc,
2917 Context.getObjCClassType()));
Fariborz Jahanianc2949f92009-12-07 20:09:25 +00002918 }
2919 }
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002920 // We have an 'id' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
2921 // is a reference to 'isa'.
2922 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType) {
2923 BaseType = Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002924 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002925 }
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002926 }
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002927
Fariborz Jahanian04b258c2009-11-25 23:07:42 +00002928 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
2929 // use that.
2930 if (Context.isObjCSelType(BaseType)) {
2931 // We have an 'SEL' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
2932 // is a reference to 'sel_id'.
2933 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType) {
2934 BaseType = Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType;
2935 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
2936 }
2937 }
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002938
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002939 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002940
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002941 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002942 if (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCClassType()) {
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002943 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2944 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2945 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
2946 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
2947 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2948 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
2949 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
2950 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) {
2951 // Check the use of this method.
2952 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2953 return ExprError();
2954 }
2955 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2956 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2957 Selector SetterSel =
2958 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2959 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
2960 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel);
2961 if (!Setter) {
2962 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2963 // methods.
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002964 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002965 }
2966 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2967 if (!Setter)
2968 Setter = IFace->getCategoryClassMethod(SetterSel);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002969
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002970 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2971 return ExprError();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002972
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002973 if (Getter || Setter) {
2974 QualType PType;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002975
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002976 if (Getter)
2977 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2978 else
2979 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
2980 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
2981 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002982 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter,
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002983 PType,
2984 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2985 }
2986 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2987 << MemberName << BaseType);
2988 }
2989 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002990
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002991 if (BaseType->isObjCClassType() &&
2992 BaseType != Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType) {
2993 BaseType = Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002994 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002995 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002996
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002997 if (IsArrow) {
2998 if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002999 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003000 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
3001 ;
John McCalla928c652009-12-07 22:46:59 +00003002 else if (BaseType->isRecordType()) {
3003 // Recover from arrow accesses to records, e.g.:
3004 // struct MyRecord foo;
3005 // foo->bar
3006 // This is actually well-formed in C++ if MyRecord has an
3007 // overloaded operator->, but that should have been dealt with
3008 // by now.
3009 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
3010 << BaseType << int(IsArrow) << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00003011 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, ".");
John McCalla928c652009-12-07 22:46:59 +00003012 IsArrow = false;
3013 } else {
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003014 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
3015 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
3016 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00003017 }
John McCalla928c652009-12-07 22:46:59 +00003018 } else {
3019 // Recover from dot accesses to pointers, e.g.:
3020 // type *foo;
3021 // foo.bar
3022 // This is actually well-formed in two cases:
3023 // - 'type' is an Objective C type
3024 // - 'bar' is a pseudo-destructor name which happens to refer to
3025 // the appropriate pointer type
3026 if (MemberName.getNameKind() != DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
3027 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
3028 if (PT && PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType()) {
3029 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
3030 << BaseType << int(IsArrow) << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00003031 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "->");
John McCalla928c652009-12-07 22:46:59 +00003032 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
3033 IsArrow = true;
3034 }
3035 }
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003036 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003037
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003038 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access
3039 // to fields of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003040 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003041 if (LookupMemberExprInRecord(*this, R, BaseExpr->getSourceRange(),
3042 RTy, OpLoc, SS))
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003043 return ExprError();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003044 return Owned((Expr*) 0);
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003045 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003046
Chris Lattnerdc420f42008-07-21 04:59:05 +00003047 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
3048 // (*Obj).ivar.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003049 if ((IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
3050 (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCInterfaceType())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003051 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003052 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003053 OPT ? OPT->getInterfaceType() : BaseType->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003054 if (IFaceT) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003055 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
3056
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003057 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = IFaceT->getDecl();
3058 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003059 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(Member, ClassDeclared);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003060
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003061 if (!IV) {
3062 // Attempt to correct for typos in ivar names.
3063 LookupResult Res(*this, R.getLookupName(), R.getNameLoc(),
3064 LookupMemberName);
Douglas Gregor280e1ee2010-04-14 20:04:41 +00003065 if (CorrectTypo(Res, 0, 0, IDecl, false, CTC_MemberLookup) &&
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003066 (IV = Res.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>())) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003067 Diag(R.getNameLoc(),
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003068 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar_suggest)
3069 << IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName << IV->getDeclName()
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00003070 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
3071 IV->getNameAsString());
Douglas Gregor6da83622010-01-07 00:17:44 +00003072 Diag(IV->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003073 << IV->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003074 }
3075 }
3076
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003077 if (IV) {
3078 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
3079 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
3080 // error cases.
3081 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
3082 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00003083
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003084 // Check whether we can reference this field.
3085 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
3086 return ExprError();
3087 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
3088 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
3089 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
3090 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
3091 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
3092 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
3093 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
3094 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
3095 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
3096 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
3097 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
3098 // AST for a function decl.
3099 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003100 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003101 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
3102 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
3103 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
3104 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
3105 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
3106 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003107
3108 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
3109 if (ClassDeclared != IDecl ||
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003110 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003111 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003112 << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00003113 } else if (!IDecl->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
3114 // @protected
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003115 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003116 << IV->getDeclName();
Steve Naroffd1b64be2009-03-04 18:34:24 +00003117 }
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003118
3119 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
3120 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003121 IsArrow));
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +00003122 }
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003123 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003124 << IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003125 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanianb1378f92008-12-13 22:20:28 +00003126 }
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003127 }
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003128 // Handle properties on 'id' and qualified "id".
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003129 if (!IsArrow && (BaseType->isObjCIdType() ||
3130 BaseType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003131 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003132 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003133
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003134 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003135 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003136 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
3137 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
3138 // Check the use of this declaration
3139 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
3140 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003141
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003142 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
3143 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
3144 }
3145 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
3146 // Check the use of this method.
3147 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
3148 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003149
Douglas Gregor9a129192010-04-21 00:45:42 +00003150 return Owned(ObjCMessageExpr::Create(Context,
3151 OMD->getResultType().getNonReferenceType(),
3152 OpLoc, BaseExpr, Sel,
3153 OMD, NULL, 0, MemberLoc));
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003154 }
3155 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003156
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003157 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003158 << MemberName << BaseType);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003159 }
Chris Lattnera36ec422010-04-11 08:28:14 +00003160
Chris Lattnerdc420f42008-07-21 04:59:05 +00003161 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
3162 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
Chris Lattner2b1ca5f2010-04-11 07:45:24 +00003163 if (!IsArrow)
3164 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
3165 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
Chris Lattner90c58fa2010-04-11 07:51:10 +00003166 return HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(OPT, BaseExpr, MemberName, MemberLoc);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003167
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00003168 // Handle the following exceptional case (*Obj).isa.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003169 if (!IsArrow &&
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00003170 BaseType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003171 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa"))
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00003172 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, false, MemberLoc,
Fariborz Jahaniana5fee262009-12-09 19:05:56 +00003173 Context.getObjCClassType()));
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00003174
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003175 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner6c7ce102009-02-16 21:11:58 +00003176 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003177 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003178 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
3179 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003180 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003181 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, *Member,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003182 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003183 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003184
Douglas Gregor0b08ba42009-03-27 06:00:30 +00003185 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
3186 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
3187
Douglas Gregor0b08ba42009-03-27 06:00:30 +00003188 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003189}
3190
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003191/// The main callback when the parser finds something like
3192/// expression . [nested-name-specifier] identifier
3193/// expression -> [nested-name-specifier] identifier
3194/// where 'identifier' encompasses a fairly broad spectrum of
3195/// possibilities, including destructor and operator references.
3196///
3197/// \param OpKind either tok::arrow or tok::period
3198/// \param HasTrailingLParen whether the next token is '(', which
3199/// is used to diagnose mis-uses of special members that can
3200/// only be called
3201/// \param ObjCImpDecl the current ObjC @implementation decl;
3202/// this is an ugly hack around the fact that ObjC @implementations
3203/// aren't properly put in the context chain
3204Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg BaseArg,
3205 SourceLocation OpLoc,
3206 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
Jeffrey Yasskinc76498d2010-04-08 16:38:48 +00003207 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003208 UnqualifiedId &Id,
3209 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl,
3210 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
3211 if (SS.isSet() && SS.isInvalid())
3212 return ExprError();
3213
3214 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer;
3215
3216 // Decompose the name into its component parts.
3217 DeclarationName Name;
3218 SourceLocation NameLoc;
3219 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs;
3220 DecomposeUnqualifiedId(*this, Id, TemplateArgsBuffer,
3221 Name, NameLoc, TemplateArgs);
3222
3223 bool IsArrow = (OpKind == tok::arrow);
3224
3225 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope
3226 = (!SS.isSet() ? 0 : FindFirstQualifierInScope(S,
3227 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep())));
3228
3229 // This is a postfix expression, so get rid of ParenListExprs.
3230 BaseArg = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(BaseArg));
3231
3232 Expr *Base = BaseArg.takeAs<Expr>();
3233 OwningExprResult Result(*this);
Douglas Gregor41f90302010-04-12 20:54:26 +00003234 if (Base->getType()->isDependentType() || Name.isDependentName() ||
3235 isDependentScopeSpecifier(SS)) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003236 Result = ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), Base->getType(),
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003237 IsArrow, OpLoc,
3238 SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
3239 Name, NameLoc,
3240 TemplateArgs);
3241 } else {
3242 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupMemberName);
3243 if (TemplateArgs) {
3244 // Re-use the lookup done for the template name.
3245 DecomposeTemplateName(R, Id);
Douglas Gregor9262f472010-04-27 18:19:34 +00003246
3247 // Re-derive the naming class.
3248 if (SS.isSet()) {
3249 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier
3250 = static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS.getScopeRep());
3251 if (const Type *Ty = Qualifier->getAsType())
3252 if (CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3253 R.setNamingClass(NamingClass);
3254 } else {
3255 QualType BaseType = Base->getType();
3256 if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
3257 BaseType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
3258 if (CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass = BaseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3259 R.setNamingClass(NamingClass);
3260 }
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003261 } else {
3262 Result = LookupMemberExpr(R, Base, IsArrow, OpLoc,
John McCall38836f02010-01-15 08:34:02 +00003263 SS, ObjCImpDecl);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003264
3265 if (Result.isInvalid()) {
3266 Owned(Base);
3267 return ExprError();
3268 }
3269
3270 if (Result.get()) {
3271 // The only way a reference to a destructor can be used is to
3272 // immediately call it, which falls into this case. If the
3273 // next token is not a '(', produce a diagnostic and build the
3274 // call now.
3275 if (!HasTrailingLParen &&
3276 Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName)
Douglas Gregor0d5b0a12010-02-24 21:29:12 +00003277 return DiagnoseDtorReference(NameLoc, move(Result));
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003278
3279 return move(Result);
3280 }
3281 }
3282
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003283 Result = BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), Base->getType(),
John McCall38836f02010-01-15 08:34:02 +00003284 OpLoc, IsArrow, SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
3285 R, TemplateArgs);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003286 }
3287
3288 return move(Result);
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003289}
3290
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003291Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3292 FunctionDecl *FD,
3293 ParmVarDecl *Param) {
3294 if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
3295 Diag (CallLoc,
3296 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
3297 FD << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003298 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[Param],
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003299 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
3300 } else {
3301 if (Param->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg()) {
3302 Expr *UninstExpr = Param->getUninstantiatedDefaultArg();
3303
3304 // Instantiate the expression.
Douglas Gregor8c702532010-02-05 07:33:43 +00003305 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList ArgList
3306 = getTemplateInstantiationArgs(FD, 0, /*RelativeToPrimary=*/true);
Anders Carlsson657bad42009-09-05 05:14:19 +00003307
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003308 InstantiatingTemplate Inst(*this, CallLoc, Param,
3309 ArgList.getInnermost().getFlatArgumentList(),
Douglas Gregor01afeef2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00003310 ArgList.getInnermost().flat_size());
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003311
John McCall76d824f2009-08-25 22:02:44 +00003312 OwningExprResult Result = SubstExpr(UninstExpr, ArgList);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003313 if (Result.isInvalid())
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003314 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003315
Douglas Gregor25ab25f2009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003316 // Check the expression as an initializer for the parameter.
3317 InitializedEntity Entity
3318 = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Param);
3319 InitializationKind Kind
3320 = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Param->getLocation(),
3321 /*FIXME:EqualLoc*/UninstExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin());
3322 Expr *ResultE = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
3323
3324 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &ResultE, 1);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003325 Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
Douglas Gregor25ab25f2009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003326 MultiExprArg(*this, (void**)&ResultE, 1));
3327 if (Result.isInvalid())
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003328 return ExprError();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003329
Douglas Gregor25ab25f2009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003330 // Build the default argument expression.
Douglas Gregor033f6752009-12-23 23:03:06 +00003331 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, CallLoc, Param,
Douglas Gregor25ab25f2009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003332 Result.takeAs<Expr>()));
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003333 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003334
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003335 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
3336 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
3337 // be properly destroyed.
Douglas Gregor25ab25f2009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003338 // FIXME: We should really be rebuilding the default argument with new
3339 // bound temporaries; see the comment in PR5810.
Anders Carlsson714d0962009-12-15 19:16:31 +00003340 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Param->getNumDefaultArgTemporaries(); i != e; ++i)
3341 ExprTemporaries.push_back(Param->getDefaultArgTemporary(i));
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003342 }
3343
3344 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
Douglas Gregor033f6752009-12-23 23:03:06 +00003345 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, CallLoc, Param));
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003346}
3347
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003348/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
3349/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
3350/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
3351/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
3352/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
3353/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003354bool
3355Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003356 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003357 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003358 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3359 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003360 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003361 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
3362 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00003363 bool Invalid = false;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003364
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003365 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
3366 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
3367 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
3368 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
3369 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
Eric Christopherabf1e182010-04-16 04:48:22 +00003370 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()
3371 << NumArgsInProto << NumArgs << Fn->getSourceRange();
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00003372 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003373 }
3374
3375 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
3376 // them.
3377 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
3378 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
3379 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
3380 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
Eric Christopher2a5aaff2010-04-16 04:56:46 +00003381 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()
3382 << NumArgsInProto << NumArgs << Fn->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003383 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
3384 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
3385 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00003386 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003387 return true;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003388 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003389 }
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003390 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllArgs;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003391 VariadicCallType CallType =
Fariborz Jahanian6f2d25e2009-11-24 19:27:49 +00003392 Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction : VariadicDoesNotApply;
3393 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
3394 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
3395 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
3396 CallType = VariadicMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003397 Invalid = GatherArgumentsForCall(Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(), FDecl,
Fariborz Jahanian4fa66ce2009-11-24 21:37:28 +00003398 Proto, 0, Args, NumArgs, AllArgs, CallType);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003399 if (Invalid)
3400 return true;
3401 unsigned TotalNumArgs = AllArgs.size();
3402 for (unsigned i = 0; i < TotalNumArgs; ++i)
3403 Call->setArg(i, AllArgs[i]);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003404
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003405 return false;
3406}
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003407
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003408bool Sema::GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3409 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
3410 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
3411 unsigned FirstProtoArg,
3412 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3413 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs,
Fariborz Jahanian6f2d25e2009-11-24 19:27:49 +00003414 VariadicCallType CallType) {
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003415 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
3416 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
3417 bool Invalid = false;
3418 if (NumArgs != NumArgsInProto)
3419 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
3420 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
3421 unsigned ArgIx = 0;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003422 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003423 for (unsigned i = FirstProtoArg; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003424 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003425
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003426 Expr *Arg;
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003427 if (ArgIx < NumArgs) {
3428 Arg = Args[ArgIx++];
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003429
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003430 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3431 ProtoArgType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003432 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003433 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003434 return true;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003435
Douglas Gregorbbeb5c32009-12-22 16:09:06 +00003436 // Pass the argument
3437 ParmVarDecl *Param = 0;
3438 if (FDecl && i < FDecl->getNumParams())
3439 Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
Douglas Gregor96596c92009-12-22 07:24:36 +00003440
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003441
Douglas Gregorbbeb5c32009-12-22 16:09:06 +00003442 InitializedEntity Entity =
3443 Param? InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Param)
3444 : InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(ProtoArgType);
3445 OwningExprResult ArgE = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
3446 SourceLocation(),
3447 Owned(Arg));
3448 if (ArgE.isInvalid())
3449 return true;
3450
3451 Arg = ArgE.takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson84613c42009-06-12 16:51:40 +00003452 } else {
Anders Carlssonc80a1272009-08-25 02:29:20 +00003453 ParmVarDecl *Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003454
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003455 OwningExprResult ArgExpr =
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003456 BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(CallLoc, FDecl, Param);
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003457 if (ArgExpr.isInvalid())
3458 return true;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003459
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003460 Arg = ArgExpr.takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson84613c42009-06-12 16:51:40 +00003461 }
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003462 AllArgs.push_back(Arg);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003463 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003464
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003465 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
Fariborz Jahanian6f2d25e2009-11-24 19:27:49 +00003466 if (CallType != VariadicDoesNotApply) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003467 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003468 for (unsigned i = ArgIx; i < NumArgs; i++) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003469 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00003470 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003471 AllArgs.push_back(Arg);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003472 }
3473 }
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00003474 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003475}
3476
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003477/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003478/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
3479/// locations.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003480Action::OwningExprResult
3481Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3482 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003483 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003484 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003485
3486 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
3487 fn = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(fn));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003488
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00003489 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003490 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner38dbdb22007-07-21 03:03:59 +00003491 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003492
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003493 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003494 // If this is a pseudo-destructor expression, build the call immediately.
3495 if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Fn)) {
3496 if (NumArgs > 0) {
3497 // Pseudo-destructor calls should not have any arguments.
3498 Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_pseudo_dtor_call_with_args)
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00003499 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003500 SourceRange(Args[0]->getLocStart(),
3501 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003502
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003503 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
3504 Args[I]->Destroy(Context);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003505
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003506 NumArgs = 0;
3507 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003508
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003509 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, 0, 0, Context.VoidTy,
3510 RParenLoc));
3511 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003512
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003513 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003514 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00003515 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
3516 // Fn.
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003517 bool Dependent = false;
3518 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
3519 Dependent = true;
3520 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
3521 Dependent = true;
3522
3523 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00003524 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003525 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
3526
3527 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
3528 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
3529 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3530 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
3531
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003532 Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParens();
3533
3534 // Determine whether this is a call to an unresolved member function.
3535 if (UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(NakedFn)) {
3536 // If lookup was unresolved but not dependent (i.e. didn't find
3537 // an unresolved using declaration), it has to be an overloaded
3538 // function set, which means it must contain either multiple
3539 // declarations (all methods or method templates) or a single
3540 // method template.
3541 assert((MemE->getNumDecls() > 1) ||
Douglas Gregor516d6722010-04-25 21:15:30 +00003542 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(
3543 (*MemE->decls_begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()));
Douglas Gregor8f184a32009-12-01 03:34:29 +00003544 (void)MemE;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003545
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003546 return BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3547 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003548 }
3549
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003550 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003551 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(NakedFn)) {
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003552 NamedDecl *MemDecl = MemExpr->getMemberDecl();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003553 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemDecl))
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003554 return BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3555 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003556 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003557
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003558 // Determine whether this is a call to a pointer-to-member function.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003559 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(NakedFn)) {
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003560 if (BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemD ||
3561 BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003562 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003563 dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(BO->getType())) {
3564 QualType ResultTy = FPT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003565
3566 ExprOwningPtr<CXXMemberCallExpr>
3567 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, BO, Args,
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003568 NumArgs, ResultTy,
3569 RParenLoc));
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003570
3571 if (CheckCallReturnType(FPT->getResultType(),
3572 BO->getRHS()->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003573 TheCall.get(), 0))
3574 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson63dce022009-10-15 00:41:48 +00003575
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003576 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, BO, 0, FPT, Args, NumArgs,
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003577 RParenLoc))
3578 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003579
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003580 return Owned(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).release());
3581 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003582 return ExprError(Diag(Fn->getLocStart(),
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003583 diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3584 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003585 }
3586 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003587 }
3588
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003589 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003590 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00003591 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003592
Eli Friedmane14b1992009-12-26 03:35:45 +00003593 Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParens();
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00003594 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(NakedFn)) {
3595 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(NakedFn);
Douglas Gregor2fb18b72010-04-14 20:27:54 +00003596 return BuildOverloadedCallExpr(S, Fn, ULE, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00003597 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003598 }
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00003599
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00003600 NamedDecl *NDecl = 0;
3601 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn))
3602 NDecl = cast<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn)->getDecl();
3603
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003604 return BuildResolvedCallExpr(Fn, NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, RParenLoc);
3605}
3606
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00003607/// BuildResolvedCallExpr - Build a call to a resolved expression,
3608/// i.e. an expression not of \p OverloadTy. The expression should
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003609/// unary-convert to an expression of function-pointer or
3610/// block-pointer type.
3611///
3612/// \param NDecl the declaration being called, if available
3613Sema::OwningExprResult
3614Sema::BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl,
3615 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3616 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3617 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
3618 FunctionDecl *FDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
3619
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00003620 // Promote the function operand.
3621 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
3622
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003623 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
3624 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00003625 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
3626 Args, NumArgs,
3627 Context.BoolTy,
3628 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003629
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003630 const FunctionType *FuncT;
3631 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
3632 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
3633 // have type pointer to function".
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003634 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003635 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003636 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3637 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003638 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003639 } else { // This is a block call.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003640 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003641 getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003642 }
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003643 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003644 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3645 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
3646
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003647 // Check for a valid return type
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003648 if (CheckCallReturnType(FuncT->getResultType(),
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00003649 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), TheCall.get(),
3650 FDecl))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003651 return ExprError();
3652
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003653 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor786ab212008-10-29 02:00:59 +00003654 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003655
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003656 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003657 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003658 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003659 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003660 } else {
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003661 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003662
Douglas Gregord8e97de2009-04-02 15:37:10 +00003663 if (FDecl) {
3664 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
3665 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
3666 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisddcd1322009-06-30 02:35:26 +00003667 if (FDecl->getBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
Eli Friedmanfcbf7d22009-06-01 09:24:59 +00003668 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003669 Def->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Eli Friedmanfcbf7d22009-06-01 09:24:59 +00003670 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
3671 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
3672 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
3673 }
3674 }
Douglas Gregord8e97de2009-04-02 15:37:10 +00003675 }
3676
Steve Naroff0b661582007-08-28 23:30:39 +00003677 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003678 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
3679 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
3680 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003681 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3682 Arg->getType(),
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003683 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
3684 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003685 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003686 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroff0b661582007-08-28 23:30:39 +00003687 }
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00003688 }
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003689
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003690 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
3691 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003692 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
3693 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003694
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +00003695 // Check for sentinels
3696 if (NDecl)
3697 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003698
Chris Lattnerb87b1b32007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003699 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003700 if (FDecl) {
3701 if (CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.get()))
3702 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003703
Douglas Gregor15fc9562009-09-12 00:22:50 +00003704 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID())
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003705 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall.take());
3706 } else if (NDecl) {
3707 if (CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.get()))
3708 return ExprError();
3709 }
Chris Lattnerb87b1b32007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003710
Anders Carlssonf8984012009-08-16 03:06:32 +00003711 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.take());
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003712}
3713
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003714Action::OwningExprResult
3715Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
3716 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003717 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Steve Naroff57eb2c52007-07-19 21:32:11 +00003718 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003719 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
John McCalle15bbff2010-01-18 19:35:47 +00003720
3721 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3722 QualType literalType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TInfo);
3723 if (!TInfo)
3724 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(literalType);
3725
3726 return BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, move(InitExpr));
3727}
3728
3729Action::OwningExprResult
3730Sema::BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3731 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
3732 QualType literalType = TInfo->getType();
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003733 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlsson2c1ec6d2007-12-05 07:24:19 +00003734
Eli Friedman37a186d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003735 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003736 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003737 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
3738 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor1c37d9e2009-05-21 23:48:18 +00003739 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
3740 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003741 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003742 << SourceRange(LParenLoc,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003743 literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003744 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman37a186d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003745
Douglas Gregor85dabae2009-12-16 01:38:02 +00003746 InitializedEntity Entity
Douglas Gregor1b303932009-12-22 15:35:07 +00003747 = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(literalType);
Douglas Gregor85dabae2009-12-16 01:38:02 +00003748 InitializationKind Kind
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003749 = InitializationKind::CreateCast(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc),
Douglas Gregor85dabae2009-12-16 01:38:02 +00003750 /*IsCStyleCast=*/true);
Eli Friedmana553d4a2009-12-22 02:35:53 +00003751 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &literalExpr, 1);
3752 OwningExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
3753 MultiExprArg(*this, (void**)&literalExpr, 1),
3754 &literalType);
3755 if (Result.isInvalid())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003756 return ExprError();
Eli Friedmana553d4a2009-12-22 02:35:53 +00003757 InitExpr.release();
3758 literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(Result.get());
Steve Naroffd32419d2008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003759
Chris Lattner79413952008-12-04 23:50:19 +00003760 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffd32419d2008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003761 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Naroff98f72032008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003762 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003763 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff98f72032008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003764 }
Eli Friedmana553d4a2009-12-22 02:35:53 +00003765
3766 Result.release();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003767
John McCall5d7aa7f2010-01-19 22:33:45 +00003768 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, literalType,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003769 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Steve Narofffbd09832007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003770}
3771
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003772Action::OwningExprResult
3773Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003774 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
3775 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
3776 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson4692db02007-08-31 04:56:16 +00003777
Steve Naroff30d242c2007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003778 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003779 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003780
Ted Kremenekac034612010-04-13 23:39:13 +00003781 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(Context, LBraceLoc, InitList,
3782 NumInit, RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003783 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003784 return Owned(E);
Steve Narofffbd09832007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003785}
3786
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003787static CastExpr::CastKind getScalarCastKind(ASTContext &Context,
3788 QualType SrcTy, QualType DestTy) {
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003789 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SrcTy, DestTy))
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003790 return CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
3791
3792 if (SrcTy->hasPointerRepresentation()) {
3793 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003794 return DestTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() ?
3795 CastExpr::CK_AnyPointerToObjCPointerCast :
Fariborz Jahanian2b9fc832009-12-15 21:34:52 +00003796 CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003797 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3798 return CastExpr::CK_PointerToIntegral;
3799 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003800
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003801 if (SrcTy->isIntegerType()) {
3802 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3803 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast;
3804 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
3805 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer;
3806 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3807 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToFloating;
3808 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003809
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003810 if (SrcTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
3811 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3812 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast;
3813 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3814 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingToIntegral;
3815 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003816
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003817 // FIXME: Assert here.
3818 // assert(false && "Unhandled cast combination!");
3819 return CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
3820}
3821
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003822/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Sebastian Redl955a0672009-07-29 13:50:23 +00003823bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003824 CastExpr::CastKind& Kind,
Anders Carlssona70cff62010-04-24 19:06:50 +00003825 CXXBaseSpecifierArray &BasePath,
Fariborz Jahanian1cec0c42009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003826 bool FunctionalStyle) {
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003827 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Anders Carlssona70cff62010-04-24 19:06:50 +00003828 return CXXCheckCStyleCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind, BasePath,
3829 FunctionalStyle);
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003830
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +00003831 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(castExpr);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003832
3833 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
3834 // type needs to be scalar.
3835 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
3836 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Anders Carlssonef918ac2009-10-16 02:35:04 +00003837 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToVoid;
3838 return false;
3839 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003840
Anders Carlssonef918ac2009-10-16 02:35:04 +00003841 if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003842 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(castType, castExpr->getType()) &&
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003843 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
3844 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003845 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003846 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
3847 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonec143772009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003848 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003849 return false;
3850 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003851
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003852 if (castType->isUnionType()) {
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003853 // GCC cast to union extension
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003854 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003855 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003856 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003857 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003858 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Field->getType(),
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003859 castExpr->getType())) {
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003860 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
3861 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3862 break;
3863 }
3864 }
3865 if (Field == FieldEnd)
3866 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
3867 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonec143772009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003868 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToUnion;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003869 return false;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003870 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003871
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003872 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
3873 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3874 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3875 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003876
3877 if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003878 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003879 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3880 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003881 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003882 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003883
3884 if (castType->isExtVectorType())
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003885 return CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003886
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003887 if (castType->isVectorType())
3888 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType(), Kind);
3889 if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType())
3890 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType, Kind);
3891
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003892 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
3893 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003894
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003895 if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedmanf4e3ad62009-05-01 02:23:58 +00003896 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
3897 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
3898 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3899 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
3900 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3901 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3902 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
3903 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3904 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
3905 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003906 }
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003907
3908 Kind = getScalarCastKind(Context, castExpr->getType(), castType);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003909 return false;
3910}
3911
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003912bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
3913 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003914 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003915
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003916 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003917 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003918 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003919 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003920 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003921 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003922 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003923 } else
3924 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003925 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003926 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003927
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003928 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003929 return false;
3930}
3931
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003932bool Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *&CastExpr,
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003933 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003934 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003935
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003936 QualType SrcTy = CastExpr->getType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003937
Nate Begemanc8961a42009-06-27 22:05:55 +00003938 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
3939 // an ExtVectorType.
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003940 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
3941 if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
3942 return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
3943 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003944 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003945 return false;
3946 }
3947
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003948 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003949 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
3950 // splat from elt type to vector.
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003951 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
3952 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
3953 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
3954 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003955
3956 QualType DestElemTy = DestTy->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType();
3957 ImpCastExprToType(CastExpr, DestElemTy,
3958 getScalarCastKind(Context, SrcTy, DestElemTy));
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003959
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003960 Kind = CastExpr::CK_VectorSplat;
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003961 return false;
3962}
3963
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003964Action::OwningExprResult
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003965Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003966 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
3967 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
3968 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Steve Naroff1a2cf6b2007-07-16 23:25:18 +00003969
John McCall97513962010-01-15 18:39:57 +00003970 TypeSourceInfo *castTInfo;
3971 QualType castType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &castTInfo);
3972 if (!castTInfo)
John McCalle15bbff2010-01-18 19:35:47 +00003973 castTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(castType);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003974
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003975 // If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially.
John McCallebe54742010-01-15 18:56:44 +00003976 Expr *castExpr = (Expr *)Op.get();
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003977 if (isa<ParenListExpr>(castExpr))
John McCalle15bbff2010-01-18 19:35:47 +00003978 return ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(S, LParenLoc, RParenLoc, move(Op),
3979 castTInfo);
John McCallebe54742010-01-15 18:56:44 +00003980
3981 return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, castTInfo, RParenLoc, move(Op));
3982}
3983
3984Action::OwningExprResult
3985Sema::BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
3986 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
3987 Expr *castExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(Op.get());
3988
John McCallebe54742010-01-15 18:56:44 +00003989 CastExpr::CastKind Kind = CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
Anders Carlsson5d270e82010-04-24 18:38:56 +00003990 CXXBaseSpecifierArray BasePath;
John McCallebe54742010-01-15 18:56:44 +00003991 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), Ty->getType(), castExpr,
Anders Carlssona70cff62010-04-24 19:06:50 +00003992 Kind, BasePath))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003993 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003994
Douglas Gregorb33eed02010-04-16 22:09:46 +00003995 Op.release();
John McCallebe54742010-01-15 18:56:44 +00003996 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(Ty->getType().getNonReferenceType(),
Anders Carlsson5d270e82010-04-24 18:38:56 +00003997 Kind, castExpr, BasePath, Ty,
Anders Carlssonf10e4142009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003998 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003999}
4000
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004001/// This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a sequence
4002/// of comma binary operators.
4003Action::OwningExprResult
4004Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg EA) {
4005 Expr *expr = EA.takeAs<Expr>();
4006 ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(expr);
4007 if (!E)
4008 return Owned(expr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004009
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004010 OwningExprResult Result(*this, E->getExpr(0));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004011
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004012 for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i)
4013 Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, move(Result),
4014 Owned(E->getExpr(i)));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004015
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004016 return ActOnParenExpr(E->getLParenLoc(), E->getRParenLoc(), move(Result));
4017}
4018
4019Action::OwningExprResult
4020Sema::ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4021 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op,
John McCalle15bbff2010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004022 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004023 ParenListExpr *PE = (ParenListExpr *)Op.get();
John McCalle15bbff2010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004024 QualType Ty = TInfo->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004025
4026 // If this is an altivec initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')'
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004027 // then handle it as such.
4028 if (getLangOptions().AltiVec && Ty->isVectorType()) {
4029 if (PE->getNumExprs() == 0) {
4030 Diag(PE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer);
4031 return ExprError();
4032 }
4033
4034 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs;
4035 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PE->getNumExprs(); i != e; ++i)
4036 initExprs.push_back(PE->getExpr(i));
4037
4038 // FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly
4039 // braces instead of the original commas.
4040 Op.release();
Ted Kremenekac034612010-04-13 23:39:13 +00004041 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(Context, LParenLoc,
4042 &initExprs[0],
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004043 initExprs.size(), RParenLoc);
4044 E->setType(Ty);
John McCalle15bbff2010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004045 return BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, Owned(E));
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004046 } else {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004047 // This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004048 // sequence of BinOp comma operators.
4049 Op = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Op));
John McCalle15bbff2010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004050 return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, move(Op));
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004051 }
4052}
4053
Fariborz Jahanian906d8712009-11-25 01:26:41 +00004054Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenOrParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004055 SourceLocation R,
Fariborz Jahanian906d8712009-11-25 01:26:41 +00004056 MultiExprArg Val,
4057 TypeTy *TypeOfCast) {
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004058 unsigned nexprs = Val.size();
4059 Expr **exprs = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(Val.release());
Fariborz Jahanian906d8712009-11-25 01:26:41 +00004060 assert((exprs != 0) && "ActOnParenOrParenListExpr() missing expr list");
4061 Expr *expr;
4062 if (nexprs == 1 && TypeOfCast && !TypeIsVectorType(TypeOfCast))
4063 expr = new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, exprs[0]);
4064 else
4065 expr = new (Context) ParenListExpr(Context, L, exprs, nexprs, R);
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004066 return Owned(expr);
4067}
4068
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004069/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
4070/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattner2c486602009-02-18 04:38:20 +00004071/// C99 6.5.15
4072QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4073 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004074 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
4075 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
4076 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
4077
John McCall71d8d9b2010-03-11 19:43:18 +00004078 CheckSignCompare(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
John McCall1fa36b72009-11-05 09:23:39 +00004079
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004080 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
4081 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
4082 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
4083 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
4084 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
4085 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004086
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00004087 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004088 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
4089 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
4090 << CondTy;
4091 return QualType();
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00004092 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004093
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004094 // Now check the two expressions.
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004095 if (LHSTy->isVectorType() || RHSTy->isVectorType())
4096 return CheckVectorOperands(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00004097
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004098 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
4099 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004100 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
4101 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
4102 return LHS->getType();
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004103 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004104
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004105 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
4106 // type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004107 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
4108 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>())
Chris Lattner2ab40a62007-11-26 01:40:58 +00004109 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004110 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004111 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004112 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004113 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00004114 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004115
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004116 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroffbf1516c2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00004117 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004118 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
4119 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
4120 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
4121 << RHS->getSourceRange();
4122 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
4123 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
4124 << LHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004125 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
4126 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
Eli Friedman3e1852f2008-06-04 19:47:51 +00004127 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroffbf1516c2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00004128 }
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00004129 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
4130 // the type of the other operand."
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004131 if ((LHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004132 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004133 // promote the null to a pointer.
4134 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004135 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00004136 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004137 if ((RHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004138 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004139 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004140 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00004141 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004142
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004143 // All objective-c pointer type analysis is done here.
4144 QualType compositeType = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS,
4145 QuestionLoc);
4146 if (!compositeType.isNull())
4147 return compositeType;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004148
4149
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004150 // Handle block pointer types.
4151 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
4152 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
4153 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
4154 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004155 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4156 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004157 return destType;
4158 }
4159 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004160 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004161 return QualType();
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004162 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004163 // We have 2 block pointer types.
4164 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
4165 // Two identical block pointer types are always compatible.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004166 return LHSTy;
4167 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004168 // The block pointer types aren't identical, continue checking.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004169 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4170 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004171
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004172 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
4173 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004174 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004175 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004176 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
4177 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
4178 // to get a consistent AST.
4179 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004180 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4181 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004182 return incompatTy;
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00004183 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004184 // The block pointer types are compatible.
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004185 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4186 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroffea4c7802009-04-08 17:05:15 +00004187 return LHSTy;
4188 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004189
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004190 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
4191 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) {
4192 // get the "pointed to" types
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004193 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4194 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004195
4196 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
4197 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
4198 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004199 QualType destPointee
4200 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004201 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004202 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
4203 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
4204 // Promote to void*.
4205 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004206 return destType;
4207 }
4208 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004209 QualType destPointee
4210 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004211 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004212 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
Eli Friedmanb0bc5592009-11-17 01:22:05 +00004213 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004214 // Promote to void*.
Eli Friedmanb0bc5592009-11-17 01:22:05 +00004215 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004216 return destType;
4217 }
4218
4219 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
4220 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
4221 return LHSTy;
4222 }
4223 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
4224 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
4225 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
4226 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
4227 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
4228 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
4229 // to get a consistent AST.
4230 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004231 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4232 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004233 return incompatTy;
4234 }
4235 // The pointer types are compatible.
4236 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
4237 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
4238 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
4239 // type.
4240 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
4241 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004242 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4243 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004244 return LHSTy;
4245 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004246
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004247 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
4248 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
4249 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
4250 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004251 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004252 return RHSTy;
4253 }
4254 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
4255 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
4256 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004257 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004258 return LHSTy;
4259 }
Daniel Dunbar484603b2008-09-11 23:12:46 +00004260
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004261 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004262 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
4263 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00004264 return QualType();
Steve Narofff8a28c52007-05-15 20:29:32 +00004265}
4266
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004267/// FindCompositeObjCPointerType - Helper method to find composite type of
4268/// two objective-c pointer types of the two input expressions.
4269QualType Sema::FindCompositeObjCPointerType(Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4270 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
4271 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
4272 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004273
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004274 // Handle things like Class and struct objc_class*. Here we case the result
4275 // to the pseudo-builtin, because that will be implicitly cast back to the
4276 // redefinition type if an attempt is made to access its fields.
4277 if (LHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
4278 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
4279 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4280 return LHSTy;
4281 }
4282 if (RHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
4283 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
4284 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4285 return RHSTy;
4286 }
4287 // And the same for struct objc_object* / id
4288 if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
4289 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
4290 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4291 return LHSTy;
4292 }
4293 if (RHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
4294 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
4295 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4296 return RHSTy;
4297 }
4298 // And the same for struct objc_selector* / SEL
4299 if (Context.isObjCSelType(LHSTy) &&
4300 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType)) {
4301 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4302 return LHSTy;
4303 }
4304 if (Context.isObjCSelType(RHSTy) &&
4305 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType)) {
4306 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4307 return RHSTy;
4308 }
4309 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
4310 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004311
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004312 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
4313 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
4314 return LHSTy;
4315 }
4316 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4317 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4318 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004319
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004320 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
4321 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
4322 // type. This allows
4323 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
4324 // where B is a subclass of A.
4325 //
4326 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
4327 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
4328 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
4329 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004330
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004331 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
4332 // It could return the composite type.
4333 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
4334 compositeType = RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? RHSTy : LHSTy;
4335 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
4336 compositeType = LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? LHSTy : RHSTy;
4337 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
4338 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
4339 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
4340 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
4341 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
4342 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
4343 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
4344 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
4345 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
4346 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004347 } else if (!(compositeType =
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004348 Context.areCommonBaseCompatible(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)).isNull())
4349 ;
4350 else {
4351 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
4352 << LHSTy << RHSTy
4353 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
4354 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
4355 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4356 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4357 return incompatTy;
4358 }
4359 // The object pointer types are compatible.
4360 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4361 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4362 return compositeType;
4363 }
4364 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
4365 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4366 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4367 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4368 QualType destPointee
4369 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
4370 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
4371 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
4372 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
4373 // Promote to void*.
4374 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4375 return destType;
4376 }
4377 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
4378 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4379 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4380 QualType destPointee
4381 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
4382 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
4383 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
4384 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
4385 // Promote to void*.
4386 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4387 return destType;
4388 }
4389 return QualType();
4390}
4391
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00004392/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00004393/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004394Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
4395 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4396 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
4397 ExprArg RHS) {
4398 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
4399 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattner2ab40a62007-11-26 01:40:58 +00004400
4401 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
4402 // was the condition.
4403 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
4404 if (isLHSNull)
4405 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004406
4407 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattnerdaaa9f22007-07-16 21:39:03 +00004408 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
Steve Narofff8a28c52007-05-15 20:29:32 +00004409 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004410 return ExprError();
4411
4412 Cond.release();
4413 LHS.release();
4414 RHS.release();
Douglas Gregor7e112b02009-08-26 14:37:04 +00004415 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr, QuestionLoc,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004416 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor7e112b02009-08-26 14:37:04 +00004417 ColonLoc, RHSExpr, result));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00004418}
4419
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004420// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004421// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004422// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
4423// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
4424// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004425Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004426Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004427 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004428
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00004429 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4430 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
4431 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4432 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
4433 return Compatible;
4434 }
4435
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00004436 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004437 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4438 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004439
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00004440 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004441 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4442 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00004443
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004444 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004445
4446 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
4447 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
4448 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianece85822009-02-17 18:27:45 +00004449 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004450 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004451 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004452
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004453 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
4454 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004455 // version of void...
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004456 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004457 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004458 return ConvTy;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004459
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004460 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004461 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
4462 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004463 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004464
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004465 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004466 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004467 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004468
4469 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004470 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
4471 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004472 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004473 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004474 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004475 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
4476 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
4477 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
4478 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
4479 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
4480 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004481 if (lhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004482 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004483 else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004484 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004485
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004486 if (rhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004487 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004488 else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004489 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004490
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004491 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
4492 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
4493 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
4494 // warning can be disabled.
4495 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
4496 return ConvTy;
4497 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
4498 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004499
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00004500 // If we are a multi-level pointer, it's possible that our issue is simply
4501 // one of qualification - e.g. char ** -> const char ** is not allowed. If
4502 // the eventual target type is the same and the pointers have the same
4503 // level of indirection, this must be the issue.
4504 if (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType()) {
4505 do {
4506 lhptee = lhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4507 rhptee = rhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004508
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00004509 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4510 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
4511 } while (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType());
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004512
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004513 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee))
Alexis Hunt6f3de502009-11-08 07:46:34 +00004514 return IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers;
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00004515 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004516
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004517 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004518 return IncompatiblePointer;
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004519 }
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004520 return ConvTy;
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00004521}
4522
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004523/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
4524/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
4525/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
4526// types.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004527Sema::AssignConvertType
4528Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004529 QualType rhsType) {
4530 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004531
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004532 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004533 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4534 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004535
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004536 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
4537 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4538 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004539
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004540 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004541
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004542 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004543 if (lhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers())
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004544 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004545
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004546 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4547 if (!Context.typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
4548 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
4549 }
4550 else if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004551 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004552 return ConvTy;
4553}
4554
Fariborz Jahanian410f2eb2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004555/// CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment - Compares two objective-c pointer types
4556/// for assignment compatibility.
4557Sema::AssignConvertType
4558Sema::CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Fariborz Jahaniand5bb8cb2010-03-19 18:06:10 +00004559 if (lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
4560 // Class is not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Fariborz Jahanian9b37b1d2010-03-24 21:00:27 +00004561 if (lhsType->isObjCClassType() && !rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() &&
4562 !rhsType->isObjCQualifiedClassType())
Fariborz Jahaniand5bb8cb2010-03-19 18:06:10 +00004563 return IncompatiblePointer;
Fariborz Jahanian410f2eb2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004564 return Compatible;
Fariborz Jahaniand5bb8cb2010-03-19 18:06:10 +00004565 }
4566 if (rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
4567 // Class is not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Fariborz Jahanian9b37b1d2010-03-24 21:00:27 +00004568 if (rhsType->isObjCClassType() && !lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() &&
4569 !lhsType->isObjCQualifiedClassType())
Fariborz Jahaniand5bb8cb2010-03-19 18:06:10 +00004570 return IncompatiblePointer;
4571 return Compatible;
4572 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004573 QualType lhptee =
Fariborz Jahanian410f2eb2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004574 lhsType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004575 QualType rhptee =
Fariborz Jahanian410f2eb2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004576 rhsType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4577 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
4578 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4579 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
4580 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
4581 return CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004582
Fariborz Jahanian410f2eb2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004583 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
4584 return Compatible;
4585 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
4586 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004587 return IncompatiblePointer;
Fariborz Jahanian410f2eb2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004588}
4589
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004590/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
4591/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Steve Naroff17f76e02007-05-03 21:03:48 +00004592/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
4593///
4594/// int a, *pint;
4595/// short *pshort;
4596/// struct foo *pfoo;
4597///
4598/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
4599/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
4600/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
4601/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
4602///
4603/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004604/// C99 spec dictates.
Steve Naroff17f76e02007-05-03 21:03:48 +00004605///
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004606Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004607Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004608 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
4609 // them.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004610 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
4611 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004612
4613 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerf5c973d2008-01-07 17:51:46 +00004614 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Steve Naroff44fd8ff2007-07-24 21:46:40 +00004615
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00004616 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4617 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
4618 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4619 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
4620 return Compatible;
4621 }
4622
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004623 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
4624 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
4625 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
4626 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
4627 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
4628 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
4629 // type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004630 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004631 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlsson24ebce62007-10-12 23:56:29 +00004632 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004633 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahaniana1e34202007-12-19 17:45:58 +00004634 }
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004635 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
4636 // to the same ExtVector type.
4637 if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
4638 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType())
4639 return lhsType == rhsType ? Compatible : Incompatible;
4640 if (!rhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
4641 return Compatible;
4642 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004643
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004644 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004645 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004646 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004647 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004648 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
4649 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004650 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004651 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004652 }
4653 return Incompatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004654 }
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004655
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004656 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004657 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004658
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004659 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004660 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004661 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004662
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004663 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004664 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004665
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004666 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004667 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004668 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4669 return Compatible;
4670 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004671 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004672 if (rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
4673 if (lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004674 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004675
4676 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004677 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && lhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004678 return Compatible;
4679 }
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004680 return Incompatible;
4681 }
4682
4683 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
4684 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedman8163b7a2009-02-25 04:20:42 +00004685 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004686
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004687 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004688 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && rhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004689 return Compatible;
4690
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004691 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
4692 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004693
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004694 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004695 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004696 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004697 }
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004698 return Incompatible;
4699 }
4700
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004701 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(lhsType)) {
4702 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
4703 return IntToPointer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004704
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004705 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004706 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004707 if (rhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4708 return Compatible;
4709 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004710 }
4711 if (rhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian410f2eb2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004712 return CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004713 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004714 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004715 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
4716 return Compatible;
4717 }
4718 // Treat block pointers as objects.
4719 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
4720 return Compatible;
4721 return Incompatible;
4722 }
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004723 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004724 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004725 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
4726 return Compatible;
4727
4728 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004729 return PointerToInt;
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004730
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004731 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004732 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004733
4734 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004735 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004736 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004737 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004738 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004739 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
4740 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
4741 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
4742 return Compatible;
4743
4744 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
4745 return PointerToInt;
4746
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004747 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004748 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004749 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4750 return Compatible;
4751 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004752 }
4753 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004754 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004755 return Compatible;
4756 return Incompatible;
4757 }
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004758
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004759 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004760 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004761 return Compatible;
Bill Wendling216423b2007-05-30 06:30:29 +00004762 }
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004763 return Incompatible;
Steve Naroff9eb24652007-05-02 21:58:15 +00004764}
4765
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004766/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
4767/// used to initialize the transparent union.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004768static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004769 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
4770 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
4771 // of the transparent union.
Ted Kremenekac034612010-04-13 23:39:13 +00004772 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(C, SourceLocation(),
Ted Kremenek013041e2010-02-19 01:50:18 +00004773 &E, 1,
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004774 SourceLocation());
4775 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
4776 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
4777
4778 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
4779 // union type from this initializer list.
John McCalle15bbff2010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004780 TypeSourceInfo *unionTInfo = C.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(UnionType);
John McCall5d7aa7f2010-01-19 22:33:45 +00004781 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), unionTInfo, UnionType,
John McCalle15bbff2010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004782 Initializer, false);
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004783}
4784
4785Sema::AssignConvertType
4786Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
4787 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
4788
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004789 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004790 // transparent_union GCC extension.
4791 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00004792 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004793 return Incompatible;
4794
4795 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
4796 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
4797 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
4798 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00004799 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
4800 itend = UD->field_end();
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004801 it != itend; ++it) {
4802 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
4803 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
4804 // 1) void pointer
4805 // 2) null pointer constant
4806 if (FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004807 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004808 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004809 InitField = *it;
4810 break;
4811 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004812
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004813 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004814 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004815 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004816 InitField = *it;
4817 break;
4818 }
4819 }
4820
4821 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
4822 == Compatible) {
4823 InitField = *it;
4824 break;
4825 }
4826 }
4827
4828 if (!InitField)
4829 return Incompatible;
4830
4831 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
4832 return Compatible;
4833}
4834
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004835Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004836Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004837 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4838 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
4839 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
4840 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
4841 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +00004842 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00004843 AA_Assigning))
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004844 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner0d5640c2009-04-12 09:02:39 +00004845 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004846 }
4847
4848 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
4849 // structures.
4850 }
4851
Steve Naroff0ee0b0a2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004852 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
4853 // a null pointer constant.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004854 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
4855 lhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004856 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004857 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004858 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004859 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Naroff0ee0b0a2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004860 return Compatible;
4861 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004862
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004863 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004864 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +00004865 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdExpression), it would mess up the unary
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004866 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004867 //
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004868 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004869 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +00004870 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(rExpr);
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004871
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004872 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
4873 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004874
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004875 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
4876 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004877 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
4878 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
4879 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
4880 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004881 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004882 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType(),
4883 CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004884 return result;
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004885}
4886
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004887QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004888 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004889 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004890 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004891 return QualType();
Steve Naroff6f49f5d2007-05-29 14:23:36 +00004892}
4893
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004894QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004895 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman002e4bd2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004896 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004897 QualType lhsType =
4898 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
4899 QualType rhsType =
4900 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004901
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004902 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman002e4bd2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004903 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Steve Naroff84ff4b42007-07-09 21:31:10 +00004904 return lhsType;
Nate Begeman330aaa72007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004905
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004906 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
4907 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004908 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
4909 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004910 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4911 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAs<VectorType>())
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004912 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004913 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004914 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004915 }
4916 }
4917 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004918
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004919 // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can
4920 // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance.
4921 bool swapped = false;
4922 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
4923 swapped = true;
4924 std::swap(rex, lex);
4925 std::swap(rhsType, lhsType);
4926 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004927
Nate Begeman886448d2009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004928 // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004929 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()) {
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004930 QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType();
4931 if (EltTy->isIntegralType() && rhsType->isIntegralType()) {
4932 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004933 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004934 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4935 return lhsType;
4936 }
4937 }
4938 if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && rhsType->isScalarType() &&
4939 rhsType->isRealFloatingType()) {
4940 if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004941 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004942 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4943 return lhsType;
4944 }
Nate Begeman330aaa72007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004945 }
4946 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004947
Nate Begeman886448d2009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004948 // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors.
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004949 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004950 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004951 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff84ff4b42007-07-09 21:31:10 +00004952 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004953}
4954
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004955QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
4956 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign, bool isDiv) {
Daniel Dunbar060d5e22009-01-05 22:42:10 +00004957 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004958 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004959
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004960 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004961
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004962 if (!lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() ||
4963 !rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
4964 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004965
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004966 // Check for division by zero.
4967 if (isDiv &&
4968 rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull))
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004969 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, PDiag(diag::warn_division_by_zero)
Chris Lattner70117952010-01-12 21:30:55 +00004970 << rex->getSourceRange());
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004971
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004972 return compType;
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004973}
4974
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004975QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004976 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar0d2bfec2009-01-05 22:55:36 +00004977 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4978 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
4979 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4980 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4981 }
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004982
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004983 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004984
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004985 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
4986 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004987
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004988 // Check for remainder by zero.
4989 if (rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull))
Chris Lattner70117952010-01-12 21:30:55 +00004990 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, PDiag(diag::warn_remainder_by_zero)
4991 << rex->getSourceRange());
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004992
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004993 return compType;
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004994}
4995
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004996QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004997 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004998 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4999 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5000 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
5001 return compType;
5002 }
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00005003
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005004 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00005005
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00005006 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005007 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
5008 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
5009 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005010 return compType;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005011 }
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005012
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00005013 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
5014 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005015 if (IExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType())
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00005016 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
5017
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005018 if (PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005019
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00005020 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00005021 QualType PointeeTy = PExp->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005022
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00005023 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
5024 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005025 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5026 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00005027 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00005028 return QualType();
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00005029 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005030
5031 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
5032 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
5033 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00005034 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005035 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5036 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
5037 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
5038 return QualType();
5039 }
5040
5041 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
5042 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
5043 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa63372d2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00005044 } else {
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00005045 // Check if we require a complete type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005046 if (((PExp->getType()->isPointerType() &&
Steve Naroffa63372d2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00005047 !PExp->getType()->isDependentType()) ||
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00005048 PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) &&
5049 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005050 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
5051 << PExp->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005052 << PExp->getType()))
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00005053 return QualType();
5054 }
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00005055 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5056 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
5057 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5058 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
5059 return QualType();
5060 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005061
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005062 if (CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00005063 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
5064 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
5065 LHSTy = lex->getType();
5066 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
5067 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00005068 }
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005069 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
5070 }
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00005071 return PExp->getType();
5072 }
5073 }
5074
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005075 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005076}
5077
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00005078// C99 6.5.6
5079QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005080 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
5081 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
5082 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5083 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
5084 return compType;
5085 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005086
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005087 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005088
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005089 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005090
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005091 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005092 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
5093 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005094 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005095 return compType;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005096 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005097
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005098 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005099 if (lex->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff4eed7a12009-07-13 17:19:15 +00005100 QualType lpointee = lex->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005101
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005102 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005103
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005104 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
5105 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
5106 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
5107 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5108 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
5109 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5110 return QualType();
5111 }
5112
5113 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
5114 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
5115 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
5116 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5117 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005118 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005119 return QualType();
5120 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005121
5122 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
5123 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
5124 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005125 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005126 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005127 << lex->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005128 << lex->getType()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005129 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005130
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00005131 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5132 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
5133 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5134 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
5135 return QualType();
5136 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005137
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005138 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005139 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
5140 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
5141 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
5142 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5143 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
5144 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005145 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005146 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
5147
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005148 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005149 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005150 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005151
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005152 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005153 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Eli Friedman1974e532008-02-08 01:19:44 +00005154 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005155
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005156 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
5157 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
5158 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
5159 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5160 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
5161 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5162 return QualType();
5163 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005164
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005165 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
5166 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
5167 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5168 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005169 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005170 return QualType();
5171 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005172
5173 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
5174 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
5175 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
5176 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
5177 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005178 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
5179 << rex->getSourceRange()
5180 << rex->getType()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005181 return QualType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005182
Eli Friedman168fe152009-05-16 13:54:38 +00005183 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5184 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
5185 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
5186 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
5187 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
5188 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5189 return QualType();
5190 }
5191 } else {
5192 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
5193 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
5194 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
5195 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
5196 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
5197 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
5198 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5199 return QualType();
5200 }
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005201 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005202
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005203 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
5204 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
5205 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5206 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
5207 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005208 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005209 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005210
5211 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005212 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
5213 }
5214 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005215
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005216 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005217}
5218
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00005219// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005220QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00005221 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005222 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
5223 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005224 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005225
Nate Begemane46ee9a2009-10-25 02:26:48 +00005226 // Vector shifts promote their scalar inputs to vector type.
5227 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
5228 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5229
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005230 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
5231 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00005232 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
5233 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
5234 LHSTy = lex->getType();
5235 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
5236 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00005237 }
Chris Lattner3c133402007-12-13 07:28:16 +00005238 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005239 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005240
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005241 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005242
Ryan Flynnf53fab82009-08-07 16:20:20 +00005243 // Sanity-check shift operands
5244 llvm::APSInt Right;
5245 // Check right/shifter operand
Daniel Dunbar687fa862009-09-17 06:31:27 +00005246 if (!rex->isValueDependent() &&
5247 rex->isIntegerConstantExpr(Right, Context)) {
Ryan Flynn2f085712009-08-08 19:18:23 +00005248 if (Right.isNegative())
Ryan Flynnf53fab82009-08-07 16:20:20 +00005249 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_negative) << rex->getSourceRange();
5250 else {
5251 llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(),
5252 Context.getTypeSize(lex->getType()));
5253 if (Right.uge(LeftBits))
5254 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth) << rex->getSourceRange();
5255 }
5256 }
5257
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005258 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005259 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005260}
5261
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005262// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005263QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005264 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
5265 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
5266
Chris Lattner9a152e22009-12-05 05:40:13 +00005267 // Handle vector comparisons separately.
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005268 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005269 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005270
John McCall71d8d9b2010-03-11 19:43:18 +00005271 CheckSignCompare(lex, rex, Loc, &Opc);
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00005272
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005273 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroff47fea352007-08-10 18:26:40 +00005274 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
5275 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
5276 else {
5277 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
5278 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
5279 }
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005280 QualType lType = lex->getType();
5281 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005282
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005283 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
5284 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005285 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
5286 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
5287 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005288 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
Ted Kremenekde9e9682009-03-20 19:57:37 +00005289 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005290 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
5291 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
5292 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
5293 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenek9ffbe412009-03-20 18:35:45 +00005294 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
5295 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Douglas Gregor49862b82010-01-12 23:18:54 +00005296 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, PDiag(diag::warn_selfcomparison));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005297
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005298 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
5299 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
5300 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
5301 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005302
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005303 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
5304 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005305 Expr *literalString = 0;
5306 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005307 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005308 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005309 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005310 literalString = lex;
5311 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00005312 } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
5313 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005314 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005315 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005316 literalString = rex;
5317 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
5318 }
5319
5320 if (literalString) {
5321 std::string resultComparison;
5322 switch (Opc) {
5323 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
5324 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
5325 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
5326 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
5327 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
5328 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
5329 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
5330 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005331
Douglas Gregor49862b82010-01-12 23:18:54 +00005332 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc,
5333 PDiag(diag::warn_stringcompare)
5334 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
Ted Kremenek800b66b2010-04-09 20:26:53 +00005335 << literalString->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005336 }
Ted Kremeneke451eae2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00005337 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005338
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005339 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner9a152e22009-12-05 05:40:13 +00005340 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy:Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005341
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005342 if (isRelational) {
5343 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005344 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005345 } else {
Ted Kremeneke2763b02007-10-29 17:13:39 +00005346 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Chris Lattner9a152e22009-12-05 05:40:13 +00005347 if (lType->isFloatingType() && rType->isFloatingType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005348 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005349
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005350 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005351 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005352 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005353
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005354 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005355 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005356 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005357 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005358
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005359 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
5360 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
5361 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroff808eb8f2007-08-27 04:08:11 +00005362 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattner3a0702e2008-04-03 05:07:25 +00005363 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005364 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner3a0702e2008-04-03 05:07:25 +00005365 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005366 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005367
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005368 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00005369 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
5370 return ResultTy;
Fariborz Jahanianffc420c2009-12-21 18:19:17 +00005371 if (!isRelational &&
5372 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
5373 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
5374 // This is a gcc extension compatibility comparison.
5375 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
5376 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
5377 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
5378 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5379 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
5380 return ResultTy;
5381 }
5382 }
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005383 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
5384 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
5385 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
5386 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
5387 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
5388 //
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005389 // C++ [expr.eq]p1 uses the same notion for (in)equality
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005390 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005391 bool NonStandardCompositeType = false;
Douglas Gregor19175ff2010-04-16 23:20:25 +00005392 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, lex, rex,
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005393 isSFINAEContext()? 0 : &NonStandardCompositeType);
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005394 if (T.isNull()) {
5395 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
5396 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5397 return QualType();
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005398 } else if (NonStandardCompositeType) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005399 Diag(Loc,
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005400 diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers_nonstandard)
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005401 << lType << rType << T
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005402 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005403 }
5404
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005405 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
5406 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005407 return ResultTy;
5408 }
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00005409 // C99 6.5.9p2 and C99 6.5.8p2
5410 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
5411 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
5412 // Valid unless a relational comparison of function pointers
5413 if (isRelational && LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
5414 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
5415 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5416 }
5417 } else if (!isRelational &&
5418 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
5419 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
5420 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
5421 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
5422 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
5423 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5424 }
5425 } else {
5426 // Invalid
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005427 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005428 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff75c17232007-06-13 21:41:08 +00005429 }
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00005430 if (LCanPointeeTy != RCanPointeeTy)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005431 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005432 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffcdee44c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00005433 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005434
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005435 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005436 // Comparison of pointers with null pointer constants and equality
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005437 // comparisons of member pointers to null pointer constants.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005438 if (RHSIsNull &&
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005439 (lType->isPointerType() ||
5440 (!isRelational && lType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson83133d92009-08-24 18:03:14 +00005441 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005442 return ResultTy;
5443 }
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005444 if (LHSIsNull &&
5445 (rType->isPointerType() ||
5446 (!isRelational && rType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson83133d92009-08-24 18:03:14 +00005447 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005448 return ResultTy;
5449 }
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005450
5451 // Comparison of member pointers.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005452 if (!isRelational &&
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005453 lType->isMemberPointerType() && rType->isMemberPointerType()) {
5454 // C++ [expr.eq]p2:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005455 // In addition, pointers to members can be compared, or a pointer to
5456 // member and a null pointer constant. Pointer to member conversions
5457 // (4.11) and qualification conversions (4.4) are performed to bring
5458 // them to a common type. If one operand is a null pointer constant,
5459 // the common type is the type of the other operand. Otherwise, the
5460 // common type is a pointer to member type similar (4.4) to the type
5461 // of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature (4.4)
5462 // that is the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005463 // types.
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005464 bool NonStandardCompositeType = false;
Douglas Gregor19175ff2010-04-16 23:20:25 +00005465 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, lex, rex,
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005466 isSFINAEContext()? 0 : &NonStandardCompositeType);
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005467 if (T.isNull()) {
5468 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005469 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005470 return QualType();
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005471 } else if (NonStandardCompositeType) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005472 Diag(Loc,
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005473 diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers_nonstandard)
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005474 << lType << rType << T
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005475 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005476 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005477
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005478 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
5479 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005480 return ResultTy;
5481 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005482
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005483 // Comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005484 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
5485 return ResultTy;
5486 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005487
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005488 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005489 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005490 QualType lpointee = lType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5491 QualType rpointee = rType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005492
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005493 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedmana6638ca2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00005494 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005495 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005496 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005497 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005498 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005499 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005500 }
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005501 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005502 if (!isRelational
5503 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
5504 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005505 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005506 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005507 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005508 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005509 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
5510 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
5511 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005512 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005513 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005514 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005515 }
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005516
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005517 if ((lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || rType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
Steve Naroff1d4a9a32008-10-27 10:33:19 +00005518 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005519 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAs<PointerType>();
5520 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAs<PointerType>();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005521 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005522 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005523 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005524 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005525
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005526 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
5527 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005528 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005529 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff1d4a9a32008-10-27 10:33:19 +00005530 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005531 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005532 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffea54d9e2008-10-20 18:19:10 +00005533 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005534 if (lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && rType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005535 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType))
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005536 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
5537 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005538 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005539 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffb788d9b2008-06-03 14:04:54 +00005540 }
Fariborz Jahanian134cbef2007-12-20 01:06:58 +00005541 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005542 if (lType->isAnyPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005543 unsigned DiagID = 0;
5544 if (RHSIsNull) {
5545 if (isRelational)
5546 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
5547 } else if (isRelational)
5548 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
5549 else
5550 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005551
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005552 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005553 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattnerd466ea12009-06-30 06:24:05 +00005554 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005555 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005556 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005557 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffcdee44c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00005558 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005559 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isAnyPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005560 unsigned DiagID = 0;
5561 if (LHSIsNull) {
5562 if (isRelational)
5563 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
5564 } else if (isRelational)
5565 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
5566 else
5567 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005568
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005569 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005570 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattnerd466ea12009-06-30 06:24:05 +00005571 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005572 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005573 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005574 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00005575 }
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005576 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005577 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
5578 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005579 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005580 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005581 }
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005582 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
5583 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005584 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005585 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005586 }
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005587 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005588}
5589
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005590/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005591/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005592/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
5593/// types.
5594QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005595 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005596 bool isRelational) {
5597 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
5598 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005599 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005600 if (vType.isNull())
5601 return vType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005602
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005603 QualType lType = lex->getType();
5604 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005605
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005606 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
5607 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
5608 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
5609 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
5610 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
5611 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
5612 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Douglas Gregor49862b82010-01-12 23:18:54 +00005613 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, PDiag(diag::warn_selfcomparison));
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005614 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005615
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005616 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
5617 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
5618 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005619 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005620 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005621
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005622 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
5623 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
5624 // elements for floating point vectors.
5625 if (lType->isIntegerType())
5626 return lType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005627
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005628 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAs<VectorType>();
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005629 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005630 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005631 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattner5d688962009-03-31 07:46:52 +00005632 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005633 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
5634
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005635 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005636 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005637 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
5638}
5639
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005640inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005641 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Steve Naroff94a5aca2007-07-16 22:23:01 +00005642 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005643 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00005644
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005645 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005646
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00005647 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005648 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005649 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005650}
5651
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005652inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005653 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc) {
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005654 if (!Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5655 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
5656 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005657
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005658 if (!lex->getType()->isScalarType() || !rex->getType()->isScalarType())
5659 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005660
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005661 return Context.IntTy;
Anders Carlsson35a99d92009-10-16 01:44:21 +00005662 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005663
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005664 // C++ [expr.log.and]p1
5665 // C++ [expr.log.or]p1
5666 // The operands are both implicitly converted to type bool (clause 4).
5667 StandardConversionSequence LHS;
5668 if (!IsStandardConversion(lex, Context.BoolTy,
5669 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, LHS))
5670 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Anders Carlsson35a99d92009-10-16 01:44:21 +00005671
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005672 if (PerformImplicitConversion(lex, Context.BoolTy, LHS,
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005673 AA_Passing, /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false))
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005674 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005675
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005676 StandardConversionSequence RHS;
5677 if (!IsStandardConversion(rex, Context.BoolTy,
5678 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, RHS))
5679 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005680
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005681 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rex, Context.BoolTy, RHS,
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005682 AA_Passing, /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false))
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005683 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005684
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005685 // C++ [expr.log.and]p2
5686 // C++ [expr.log.or]p2
5687 // The result is a bool.
5688 return Context.BoolTy;
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00005689}
5690
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005691/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
5692/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
5693/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
5694///
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005695static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S) {
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005696 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
5697 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
5698 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
5699 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005700 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005701 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
5702 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl())
5703 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
5704 return true;
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005705 }
5706 }
5707 return false;
5708}
5709
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005710/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
5711/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
5712static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005713 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005714 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005715 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005716 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
5717 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005718 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
5719 return false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005720
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005721 unsigned Diag = 0;
5722 bool NeedType = false;
5723 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005724 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005725 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005726 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5727 NeedType = true;
5728 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005729 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005730 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5731 NeedType = true;
5732 break;
Chris Lattner9b3bbe92008-11-17 19:51:54 +00005733 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005734 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
5735 break;
Douglas Gregorb154fdc2010-02-16 21:39:57 +00005736 case Expr::MLV_Valid:
5737 llvm_unreachable("did not take early return for MLV_Valid");
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005738 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Douglas Gregorb154fdc2010-02-16 21:39:57 +00005739 case Expr::MLV_MemberFunction:
5740 case Expr::MLV_ClassTemporary:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005741 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5742 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005743 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
5744 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregored0cfbd2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00005745 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Douglas Gregor89336232010-03-29 23:34:08 +00005746 S.PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue)
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00005747 << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005748 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005749 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
5750 break;
Steve Naroffba756cb2008-09-26 14:41:28 +00005751 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005752 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5753 break;
Fariborz Jahanian8a1810f2008-11-22 18:39:36 +00005754 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
5755 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
5756 break;
Fariborz Jahanian5118c412008-11-22 20:25:50 +00005757 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
5758 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
5759 break;
Fariborz Jahaniane8d28902009-12-15 23:59:41 +00005760 case Expr::MLV_SubObjCPropertySetting:
5761 Diag = diag::error_no_subobject_property_setting;
5762 break;
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005763 }
Steve Naroffad373bd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00005764
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005765 SourceRange Assign;
5766 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
5767 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005768 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005769 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005770 else
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005771 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005772 return true;
5773}
5774
5775
5776
5777// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005778QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
5779 SourceLocation Loc,
5780 QualType CompoundType) {
5781 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
5782 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005783 return QualType();
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005784
5785 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
5786 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005787
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005788 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005789 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005790 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005791 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005792 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
5793 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
5794 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00005795 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005796 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00005797 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005798 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005799
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005800 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
5801 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
5802 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005803 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005804 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
5805 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
5806 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
5807 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
5808 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005809 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005810 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner36c39c92009-03-08 06:51:10 +00005811 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
5812 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
5813 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattnered9f14c2009-03-09 07:11:10 +00005814 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
5815 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005816 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
5817 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
5818 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner36c39c92009-03-08 06:51:10 +00005819 }
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005820 }
5821 } else {
5822 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedmanb05c41e2009-05-16 05:56:02 +00005823 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005824 }
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005825
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005826 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005827 RHS, AA_Assigning))
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005828 return QualType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005829
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00005830 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
5831 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005832 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00005833 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
5834 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005835 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00005836 // operand.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005837 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00005838}
5839
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005840// C99 6.5.17
5841QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattnerf6e1e302008-07-25 20:54:07 +00005842 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +00005843 // C++ does not perform this conversion (C++ [expr.comma]p1).
5844 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
5845 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005846
5847 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
5848 // incomplete in C++).
5849
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005850 return RHS->getType();
Steve Naroff95af0132007-03-30 23:47:58 +00005851}
5852
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00005853/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
5854/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005855QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5856 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005857 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
5858 return Context.DependentTy;
5859
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005860 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
5861 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Steve Naroffd50c88e2007-04-05 21:15:20 +00005862
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005863 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
5864 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
5865 if (!isInc) {
5866 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5867 return QualType();
5868 }
5869 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
5870 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5871 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005872 // OK!
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005873 } else if (ResType->isAnyPointerType()) {
5874 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005875
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005876 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005877 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005878 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5879 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
5880 << Op->getSourceRange();
5881 return QualType();
5882 }
5883
5884 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005885 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005886 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005887 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5888 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
5889 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
5890 return QualType();
5891 }
5892
5893 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005894 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005895 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PointeeTy,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005896 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005897 << Op->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005898 << ResType))
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00005899 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanianca75db72009-07-16 17:59:14 +00005900 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5901 else if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
5902 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5903 << PointeeTy << Op->getSourceRange();
5904 return QualType();
5905 }
Eli Friedman090addd2010-01-03 00:20:48 +00005906 } else if (ResType->isAnyComplexType()) {
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005907 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
5908 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005909 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005910 } else {
5911 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Douglas Gregor906db8a2009-12-15 16:44:32 +00005912 << ResType << int(isInc) << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005913 return QualType();
Steve Naroff46ba1eb2007-04-03 23:13:13 +00005914 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005915 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroff9e1e5512007-08-23 21:37:33 +00005916 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005917 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005918 return QualType();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005919 return ResType;
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005920}
5921
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005922/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005923/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005924/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
5925/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
5926/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
5927/// - &(x) => x
5928/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
5929/// - &s.xx => s
5930/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
5931/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
5932/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
5933/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005934static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005935 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005936 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005937 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005938 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005939 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
5940 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
5941 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005942 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005943 return 0;
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005944 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005945 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005946 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005947 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
5948 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005949 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
5950 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
5951 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
5952 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
5953 }
5954 return 0;
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005955 }
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005956 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
5957 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005958
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005959 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005960 case UnaryOperator::Real:
5961 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
5962 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
5963 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
5964 default:
5965 return 0;
5966 }
5967 }
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005968 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005969 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005970 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005971 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
5972 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005973 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005974 default:
5975 return 0;
5976 }
5977}
5978
5979/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005980/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005981/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005982/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00005983/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005984/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005985/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005986QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005987 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
5988 op = op->IgnoreParens();
5989
Douglas Gregor19b8c4f2008-12-17 22:52:20 +00005990 if (op->isTypeDependent())
5991 return Context.DependentTy;
5992
Steve Naroff826e91a2008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005993 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
5994 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
5995 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
5996 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
5997 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
5998 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
5999 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
6000 }
6001 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
6002 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
6003 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00006004 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner67315442008-07-26 21:30:36 +00006005 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes17f345f2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00006006
Sebastian Redl9a8dd0d2010-01-11 15:56:56 +00006007 MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(op);
6008 if (lval == Expr::LV_MemberFunction && ME &&
6009 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) {
6010 ValueDecl *dcl = cast<MemberExpr>(op)->getMemberDecl();
6011 // &f where f is a member of the current object, or &o.f, or &p->f
6012 // All these are not allowed, and we need to catch them before the dcl
6013 // branch of the if, below.
6014 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_unqualified_pointer_member_function)
6015 << dcl;
6016 // FIXME: Improve this diagnostic and provide a fixit.
6017
6018 // Now recover by acting as if the function had been accessed qualified.
6019 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
6020 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(dcl->getDeclContext()))
6021 .getTypePtr());
Douglas Gregorb154fdc2010-02-16 21:39:57 +00006022 } else if (lval == Expr::LV_ClassTemporary) {
6023 Diag(OpLoc, isSFINAEContext()? diag::err_typecheck_addrof_class_temporary
6024 : diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_class_temporary)
6025 << op->getType() << op->getSourceRange();
6026 if (isSFINAEContext())
6027 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl9a8dd0d2010-01-11 15:56:56 +00006028 } else if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00006029 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00006030 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00006031 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00006032 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattnerf490e152008-11-19 05:27:50 +00006033 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
6034 << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006035 return QualType();
6036 }
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00006037 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00006038 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
6039 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
6040 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00006041 return QualType();
Anders Carlsson8abde4b2010-01-31 17:18:49 +00006042 } else if (op->refersToVectorElement()) {
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00006043 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00006044 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemana6b47a42009-02-15 22:45:20 +00006045 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffb96e4ab62008-02-29 23:30:25 +00006046 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian385db802009-07-07 18:50:52 +00006047 } else if (isa<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(op)) {
6048 // cannot take address of a property expression.
6049 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
6050 << "property expression" << op->getSourceRange();
6051 return QualType();
Anders Carlsson3fa58d12009-09-14 23:15:26 +00006052 } else if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(op)) {
6053 // FIXME: Can LHS ever be null here?
Anders Carlsson01ccf992009-09-15 16:03:44 +00006054 if (!CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getTrueExpr(), OpLoc).isNull())
6055 return CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getFalseExpr(), OpLoc);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006056 } else if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(op)) {
6057 return Context.OverloadTy;
Steve Naroffb96e4ab62008-02-29 23:30:25 +00006058 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006059 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00006060 // with the register storage-class specifier.
6061 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006062 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00006063 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
6064 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006065 return QualType();
6066 }
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006067 } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00006068 return Context.OverloadTy;
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00006069 } else if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor9aa8b552008-12-10 21:26:49 +00006070 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00006071 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
6072 // scope qualifier for the class.
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00006073 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier()) {
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00006074 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00006075 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
6076 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006077 Diag(OpLoc,
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00006078 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
6079 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
6080 return QualType();
6081 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006082
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00006083 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
6084 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00006085 }
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00006086 }
Anders Carlsson5b535762009-05-16 21:43:42 +00006087 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopes5773a1b2008-12-16 22:58:26 +00006088 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00006089 // As above.
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00006090 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier() &&
6091 MD->isInstance())
Anders Carlsson5b535762009-05-16 21:43:42 +00006092 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
6093 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
6094 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Steve Narofff633d092007-04-25 19:01:39 +00006095 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00006096 }
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00006097
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00006098 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
6099 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
6100 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
6101 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
6102 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
6103 }
6104
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00006105 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006106 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00006107}
6108
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00006109QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006110 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
6111 return Context.DependentTy;
6112
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00006113 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
6114 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006115
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00006116 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
6117 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
6118 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
6119 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00006120 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff826e91a2008-01-13 17:10:08 +00006121 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006122
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006123 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = Ty->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
Fariborz Jahanianf15d4b62009-09-03 00:43:07 +00006124 return OPT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00006125
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00006126 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00006127 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006128 return QualType();
Steve Naroff1926c832007-04-24 00:23:05 +00006129}
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006130
6131static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
6132 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
6133 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
6134 switch (Kind) {
6135 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00006136 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
6137 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006138 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
6139 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
6140 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
6141 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
6142 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
6143 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
6144 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
6145 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
6146 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
6147 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
6148 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
6149 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
6150 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
6151 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
6152 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
6153 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
6154 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
6155 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
6156 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
6157 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
6158 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
6159 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
6160 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
6161 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
6162 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
6163 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
6164 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
6165 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
6166 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
6167 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
6168 }
6169 return Opc;
6170}
6171
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006172static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
6173 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
6174 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
6175 switch (Kind) {
6176 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
6177 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
6178 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
6179 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
6180 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
6181 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
6182 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
6183 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
6184 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006185 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
6186 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
Chris Lattnerd0f76512007-06-08 22:16:53 +00006187 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006188 }
6189 return Opc;
6190}
6191
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006192/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
6193/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
6194/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006195Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
6196 unsigned Op,
6197 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006198 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006199 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006200 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
6201 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
6202 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006203
6204 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006205 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
6206 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
6207 break;
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00006208 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
6209 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
6210 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
6211 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
6212 break;
6213 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006214 case BinaryOperator::Div:
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00006215 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, false,
6216 Opc == BinaryOperator::Div);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006217 break;
6218 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
6219 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6220 break;
6221 case BinaryOperator::Add:
6222 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6223 break;
6224 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
6225 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6226 break;
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00006227 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006228 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
6229 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6230 break;
6231 case BinaryOperator::LE:
6232 case BinaryOperator::LT:
6233 case BinaryOperator::GE:
6234 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00006235 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006236 break;
6237 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
6238 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00006239 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006240 break;
6241 case BinaryOperator::And:
6242 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
6243 case BinaryOperator::Or:
6244 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6245 break;
6246 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
6247 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
6248 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6249 break;
6250 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
6251 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00006252 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true,
6253 Opc == BinaryOperator::DivAssign);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006254 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6255 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6256 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006257 break;
6258 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006259 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
6260 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6261 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6262 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006263 break;
6264 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006265 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
6266 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6267 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006268 break;
6269 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006270 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
6271 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6272 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006273 break;
6274 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
6275 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006276 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
6277 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6278 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6279 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006280 break;
6281 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
6282 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
6283 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006284 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
6285 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6286 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6287 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006288 break;
6289 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
6290 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6291 break;
6292 }
6293 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006294 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006295 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00006296 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
6297 else
6298 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006299 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
6300 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006301}
6302
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006303/// SuggestParentheses - Emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps
6304/// ParenRange in parentheses.
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006305static void SuggestParentheses(Sema &Self, SourceLocation Loc,
6306 const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
Douglas Gregor2bf2d3d2010-04-14 16:09:52 +00006307 const PartialDiagnostic &FirstNote,
6308 SourceRange FirstParenRange,
6309 const PartialDiagnostic &SecondNote,
Douglas Gregor89336232010-03-29 23:34:08 +00006310 SourceRange SecondParenRange) {
Douglas Gregor2bf2d3d2010-04-14 16:09:52 +00006311 Self.Diag(Loc, PD);
6312
6313 if (!FirstNote.getDiagID())
6314 return;
6315
6316 SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(FirstParenRange.getEnd());
6317 if (!FirstParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() || EndLoc.isInvalid()) {
6318 // We can't display the parentheses, so just return.
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006319 return;
6320 }
6321
Douglas Gregor2bf2d3d2010-04-14 16:09:52 +00006322 Self.Diag(Loc, FirstNote)
6323 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FirstParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00006324 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006325
Douglas Gregor2bf2d3d2010-04-14 16:09:52 +00006326 if (!SecondNote.getDiagID())
Douglas Gregorfa1e36d2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006327 return;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006328
Douglas Gregorfa1e36d2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006329 EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(SecondParenRange.getEnd());
6330 if (!SecondParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() || EndLoc.isInvalid()) {
6331 // We can't display the parentheses, so just dig the
6332 // warning/error and return.
Douglas Gregor2bf2d3d2010-04-14 16:09:52 +00006333 Self.Diag(Loc, SecondNote);
Douglas Gregorfa1e36d2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006334 return;
6335 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006336
Douglas Gregor2bf2d3d2010-04-14 16:09:52 +00006337 Self.Diag(Loc, SecondNote)
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00006338 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SecondParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
6339 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006340}
6341
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006342/// DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence - Emit a warning when bitwise and comparison
6343/// operators are mixed in a way that suggests that the programmer forgot that
6344/// comparison operators have higher precedence. The most typical example of
6345/// such code is "flags & 0x0020 != 0", which is equivalent to "flags & 1".
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006346static void DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6347 SourceLocation OpLoc,Expr *lhs,Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006348 typedef BinaryOperator BinOp;
6349 BinOp::Opcode lhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1),
6350 rhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1);
6351 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(lhs))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006352 lhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006353 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(rhs))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006354 rhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
6355
6356 // Subs are not binary operators.
6357 if (lhsopc == -1 && rhsopc == -1)
6358 return;
6359
6360 // Bitwise operations are sometimes used as eager logical ops.
6361 // Don't diagnose this.
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006362 if ((BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(lhsopc)) &&
6363 (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(rhsopc)))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006364 return;
6365
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006366 if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc))
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006367 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor89336232010-03-29 23:34:08 +00006368 Self.PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006369 << SourceRange(lhs->getLocStart(), OpLoc)
6370 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(lhsopc),
Douglas Gregor89336232010-03-29 23:34:08 +00006371 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_bitwise_first)
Douglas Gregorfa1e36d2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006372 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc),
Douglas Gregor2bf2d3d2010-04-14 16:09:52 +00006373 SourceRange(cast<BinOp>(lhs)->getRHS()->getLocStart(), rhs->getLocEnd()),
6374 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_bitwise_silence)
6375 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(lhsopc),
6376 lhs->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006377 else if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc))
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006378 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor89336232010-03-29 23:34:08 +00006379 Self.PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006380 << SourceRange(OpLoc, rhs->getLocEnd())
6381 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(rhsopc),
Douglas Gregor89336232010-03-29 23:34:08 +00006382 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_bitwise_first)
Douglas Gregorfa1e36d2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006383 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc),
Douglas Gregor2bf2d3d2010-04-14 16:09:52 +00006384 SourceRange(lhs->getLocEnd(), cast<BinOp>(rhs)->getLHS()->getLocStart()),
6385 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_bitwise_silence)
6386 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(rhsopc),
6387 rhs->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006388}
6389
6390/// DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence - Emit warnings for expressions with tricky
6391/// precedence. This currently diagnoses only "arg1 'bitwise' arg2 'eq' arg3".
6392/// But it could also warn about arg1 && arg2 || arg3, as GCC 4.3+ does.
6393static void DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6394 SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006395 if (BinaryOperator::isBitwiseOp(Opc))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006396 DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Self, Opc, OpLoc, lhs, rhs);
6397}
6398
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006399// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006400Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
6401 tok::TokenKind Kind,
6402 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006403 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00006404 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006405
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00006406 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
6407 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006408
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006409 // Emit warnings for tricky precedence issues, e.g. "bitfield & 0x4 == 0"
6410 DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(*this, Opc, TokLoc, lhs, rhs);
6411
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006412 return BuildBinOp(S, TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
6413}
6414
6415Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6416 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6417 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006418 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006419 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006420 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
6421 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
6422 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
6423 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
6424 // the arguments.
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006425 UnresolvedSet<16> Functions;
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006426 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006427 if (S && OverOp != OO_None)
6428 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
6429 Functions);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006430
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006431 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
6432 // binary operation.
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006433 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006434 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006435
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006436 // Build a built-in binary operation.
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006437 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006438}
6439
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006440Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006441 unsigned OpcIn,
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006442 ExprArg InputArg) {
6443 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00006444
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00006445 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006446 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006447 QualType resultType;
6448 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006449 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
6450 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
6451 break;
6452
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006453 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
6454 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Eli Friedman6aea5752009-07-22 22:25:00 +00006455 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
6456 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00006457 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
Eli Friedman6aea5752009-07-22 22:25:00 +00006458 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc ||
6459 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006460 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006461 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00006462 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006463 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006464 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +00006465 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Input);
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00006466 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006467 break;
6468 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
6469 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00006470 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
6471 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006472 if (resultType->isDependentType())
6473 break;
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00006474 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
6475 break;
6476 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
6477 resultType->isEnumeralType())
6478 break;
6479 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
6480 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
6481 resultType->isPointerType())
6482 break;
6483
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006484 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
6485 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006486 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00006487 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
6488 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006489 if (resultType->isDependentType())
6490 break;
Chris Lattner0d707612008-07-25 23:52:49 +00006491 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
6492 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
6493 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00006494 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00006495 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner0d707612008-07-25 23:52:49 +00006496 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006497 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
6498 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006499 break;
6500 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
Steve Naroff71b59a92007-06-04 22:22:31 +00006501 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +00006502 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Input);
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00006503 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006504 if (resultType->isDependentType())
6505 break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006506 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006507 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
6508 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnerbe31ed82007-06-02 19:11:33 +00006509 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006510 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
6511 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006512 break;
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00006513 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00006514 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00006515 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00006516 break;
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00006517 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00006518 resultType = Input->getType();
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00006519 break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006520 }
6521 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006522 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006523
6524 InputArg.release();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00006525 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006526}
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00006527
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006528Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6529 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6530 ExprArg input) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006531 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
Anders Carlsson461a2c02009-11-14 21:26:41 +00006532 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType() &&
6533 Opc != UnaryOperator::Extension) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006534 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
6535 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
6536 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
6537 // the arguments.
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006538 UnresolvedSet<16> Functions;
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006539 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006540 if (S && OverOp != OO_None)
6541 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
6542 Functions);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006543
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006544 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
6545 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006546
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006547 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
6548}
6549
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006550// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
6551Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6552 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
6553 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op), move(input));
6554}
6555
Steve Naroff66356bd2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00006556/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006557Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
6558 SourceLocation LabLoc,
6559 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00006560 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattner3318e862009-04-18 20:01:55 +00006561 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006562
Daniel Dunbar88402ce2008-08-04 16:51:22 +00006563 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
6564 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroff846b1ec2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00006565 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00006566 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006567
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00006568 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006569 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
6570 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00006571}
6572
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006573Sema::OwningExprResult
6574Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
6575 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
6576 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006577 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
6578 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
6579
Douglas Gregor6cf3f3c2010-03-10 04:54:39 +00006580 bool isFileScope
6581 = (getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0) && (getCurBlock() == 0);
Chris Lattnera69b0762009-04-25 19:11:05 +00006582 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006583 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedman52cc0162009-01-24 23:09:00 +00006584
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006585 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
6586 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
6587 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006588
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006589 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
6590 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
6591 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006592
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006593 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
6594 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
6595 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
6596 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
6597 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006598
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006599 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006600 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006601 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006602
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006603 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
6604 // expressions are not lvalues.
6605
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006606 substmt.release();
6607 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006608}
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006609
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006610Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
6611 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6612 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
6613 TypeTy *argty,
6614 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
6615 unsigned NumComponents,
6616 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
6617 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
6618 // error.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006619 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
6620 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(argty);
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006621 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006622
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006623 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
6624
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006625 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
6626 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
6627 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006628 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006629 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006630
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006631 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
6632 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor26897462009-03-11 16:48:53 +00006633
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006634 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
6635 // the offsetof designators.
6636 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
6637 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006638 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006639 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedman16c88df2009-01-26 01:33:06 +00006640
Chris Lattner78502cf2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00006641 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
6642 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006643 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
6644 // a system header!
Chris Lattner78502cf2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00006645 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattnerf490e152008-11-19 05:27:50 +00006646 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
6647 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006648
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006649 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedman8469bc72009-05-03 21:22:18 +00006650 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006651
John McCall9eff4e62009-11-04 03:03:43 +00006652 if (RequireCompleteType(TypeLoc, Res->getType(),
6653 diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type))
6654 return ExprError();
6655
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006656 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
6657 // leaks like a sieve.
6658 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
6659 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
6660 if (OC.isBrackets) {
6661 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
6662 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
6663 if (!AT) {
6664 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006665 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
6666 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006667 }
6668
6669 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
6670
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006671 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
6672 // expression.
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +00006673 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Res);
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006674
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006675 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
6676 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006677 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006678 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006679 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00006680 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006681 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006682
6683 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
6684 OC.LocEnd);
6685 continue;
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006686 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006687
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00006688 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006689 if (!RC) {
6690 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006691 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
6692 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006693 }
Chris Lattner98dbf0a2007-08-30 17:59:59 +00006694
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006695 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
6696 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson2bbb86b2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00006697 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00006698 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD &&
6699 DiagRuntimeBehavior(BuiltinLoc,
6700 PDiag(diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
6701 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
6702 << Res->getType()))
6703 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
Anders Carlsson2bbb86b2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00006704 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006705
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00006706 LookupResult R(*this, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocStart, LookupMemberName);
6707 LookupQualifiedName(R, RD);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00006708
John McCall67c00872009-12-02 08:25:40 +00006709 FieldDecl *MemberDecl = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>();
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006710 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006711 if (!MemberDecl)
Douglas Gregore40876a2009-10-13 21:16:44 +00006712 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_no_member)
6713 << OC.U.IdentInfo << RD << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006714
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006715 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
6716 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00006717 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00006718 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
John McCall7e1d6d72009-11-11 03:23:23 +00006719 OC.LocEnd, MemberDecl, Res, OC.LocEnd).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00006720 } else {
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006721 PerformObjectMemberConversion(Res, /*Qualifier=*/0,
6722 *R.begin(), MemberDecl);
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00006723 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
6724 // doesn't matter here.
6725 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
6726 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
6727 }
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006728 }
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006729 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006730
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006731 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
6732 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006733}
6734
6735
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006736Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6737 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
6738 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006739 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
6740 QualType argT1 = GetTypeFromParser(arg1);
6741 QualType argT2 = GetTypeFromParser(arg2);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006742
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006743 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006744
Douglas Gregorf907cbf2009-05-19 22:28:02 +00006745 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
6746 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
6747 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
6748 return ExprError();
6749 }
6750
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006751 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
6752 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006753}
6754
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006755Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6756 ExprArg cond,
6757 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
6758 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
6759 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
6760 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
6761 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006762
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006763 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
6764
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006765 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006766 bool ValueDependent = false;
Douglas Gregor0df91122009-05-19 22:43:30 +00006767 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006768 resType = Context.DependentTy;
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006769 ValueDependent = true;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006770 } else {
6771 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
6772 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
6773 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
6774 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006775 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
6776 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
6777 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006778
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006779 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
6780 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006781 ValueDependent = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->isValueDependent()
6782 : RHSExpr->isValueDependent();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006783 }
6784
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006785 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
6786 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006787 resType, RPLoc,
6788 resType->isDependentType(),
6789 ValueDependent));
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006790}
6791
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006792//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6793// Clang Extensions.
6794//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6795
6796/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006797void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006798 BlockDecl *Block = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
6799 PushBlockScope(BlockScope, Block);
6800 CurContext->addDecl(Block);
6801 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, Block);
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006802}
6803
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006804void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00006805 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006806 BlockScopeInfo *CurBlock = getCurBlock();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006807
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006808 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
6809 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00006810 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006811 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
6812
Mike Stumpd456c482009-04-28 01:10:27 +00006813 if (T->isArrayType()) {
6814 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6815 diag::err_block_returns_array);
6816 return;
6817 }
6818
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006819 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
6820 if (!T->isFunctionType())
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00006821 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
6822 FunctionType::ExtInfo());
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006823
6824 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
6825 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006826 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00006827 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006828 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6802ed92009-05-15 21:18:04 +00006829 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006830 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
6831 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006832 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006833
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006834 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
6835 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
6836 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6837 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
6838 return;
6839 }
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +00006840
6841 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006842 return;
6843 }
6844
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006845 // Analyze arguments to block.
6846 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
6847 "Not a function declarator!");
6848 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006849
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006850 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
6851 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006852
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006853 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
6854 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
6855 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
6856 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattner83f095c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00006857 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
6858 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006859 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006860 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006861 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
Fariborz Jahanian5ec502e2010-02-12 21:53:14 +00006862 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) {
6863 ParmVarDecl *Param = FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>();
6864 if (Param->getIdentifier() == 0 &&
6865 !Param->isImplicit() &&
6866 !Param->isInvalidDecl() &&
6867 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
6868 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_parameter_name_omitted);
6869 CurBlock->Params.push_back(Param);
6870 }
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006871 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006872 }
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00006873 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006874 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahanian960910a2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00006875 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00006876 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
John McCalldf8b37c2010-03-22 09:20:08 +00006877
6878 bool ShouldCheckShadow =
6879 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow) != Diagnostic::Ignored;
6880
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006881 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
John McCallf7b2fb52010-01-22 00:28:27 +00006882 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI) {
6883 (*AI)->setOwningFunction(CurBlock->TheDecl);
6884
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006885 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
John McCalldf8b37c2010-03-22 09:20:08 +00006886 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier()) {
6887 if (ShouldCheckShadow)
6888 CheckShadow(CurBlock->TheScope, *AI);
6889
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006890 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
John McCalldf8b37c2010-03-22 09:20:08 +00006891 }
John McCallf7b2fb52010-01-22 00:28:27 +00006892 }
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006893
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006894 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006895 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00006896 CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006897 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6802ed92009-05-15 21:18:04 +00006898 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006899 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
6900 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006901
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006902 // Analyze the return type.
6903 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006904 QualType RetTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006905
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006906 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
6907 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
6908 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6909 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
6910 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006911 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006912}
6913
6914/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
6915/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
6916void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006917 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattner41b86942009-04-21 22:38:46 +00006918 PopDeclContext();
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006919 PopFunctionOrBlockScope();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006920 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006921}
6922
6923/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
6924/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006925Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
6926 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattner9eac9312009-03-27 04:18:06 +00006927 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
6928 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
6929 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006930
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006931 BlockScopeInfo *BSI = cast<BlockScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes.back());
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006932
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006933 PopDeclContext();
6934
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006935 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006936 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
6937 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006938
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006939 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
6940 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
6941 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006942
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006943 bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->getAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006944 QualType BlockTy;
6945 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006946 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
Rafael Espindola49b85ab2010-03-30 22:15:11 +00006947 FunctionType::ExtInfo(NoReturn, 0, CC_Default));
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006948 else
Jay Foad7d0479f2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00006949 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006950 BSI->isVariadic, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
Rafael Espindola49b85ab2010-03-30 22:15:11 +00006951 FunctionType::ExtInfo(NoReturn, 0, CC_Default));
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006952
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006953 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006954 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->Params.begin(), BSI->Params.end());
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006955 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006956
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006957 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006958 if (FunctionNeedsScopeChecking() && !hasAnyErrorsInThisFunction())
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006959 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006960
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00006961 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Mike Stump314825b2010-01-19 23:08:01 +00006962
6963 bool Good = true;
6964 // Check goto/label use.
6965 for (llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*, LabelStmt*>::iterator
6966 I = BSI->LabelMap.begin(), E = BSI->LabelMap.end(); I != E; ++I) {
6967 LabelStmt *L = I->second;
6968
6969 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto
6970 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.
6971 if (L->getSubStmt() != 0)
6972 continue;
6973
6974 // Emit error.
6975 Diag(L->getIdentLoc(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) << L->getName();
6976 Good = false;
6977 }
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006978 if (!Good) {
6979 PopFunctionOrBlockScope();
Mike Stump314825b2010-01-19 23:08:01 +00006980 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006981 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006982
Ted Kremenek918fe842010-03-20 21:06:02 +00006983 // Issue any analysis-based warnings.
Ted Kremenek0b405322010-03-23 00:13:23 +00006984 const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy &WP =
6985 AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
6986 AnalysisWarnings.IssueWarnings(WP, BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy);
Ted Kremenek918fe842010-03-20 21:06:02 +00006987
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006988 Expr *Result = new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
6989 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006990 PopFunctionOrBlockScope();
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006991 return Owned(Result);
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006992}
6993
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006994Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6995 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
6996 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006997 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(type);
Chris Lattner56382aa2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006998 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
6999 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007000
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00007001 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00007002
7003 // Get the va_list type
7004 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00007005 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
7006 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
7007 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
7008 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00007009 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00007010 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
7011 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
7012 } else {
7013 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
7014 // it is modified by va_arg.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007015 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
Douglas Gregorad3150c2009-05-19 23:10:31 +00007016 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00007017 return ExprError();
7018 }
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00007019
Douglas Gregorad3150c2009-05-19 23:10:31 +00007020 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
7021 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00007022 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
7023 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner56382aa2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00007024 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner3f5cd772009-04-05 00:59:53 +00007025 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007026
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00007027 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00007028 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007029
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00007030 expr.release();
7031 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
7032 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00007033}
7034
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00007035Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor3be4b122008-11-29 04:51:27 +00007036 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
7037 // pointers on the target.
7038 QualType Ty;
7039 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
7040 Ty = Context.IntTy;
7041 else
7042 Ty = Context.LongTy;
7043
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00007044 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregor3be4b122008-11-29 04:51:27 +00007045}
7046
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00007047static void MakeObjCStringLiteralFixItHint(Sema& SemaRef, QualType DstType,
7048 Expr *SrcExpr, FixItHint &Hint) {
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007049 if (!SemaRef.getLangOptions().ObjC1)
7050 return;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007051
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007052 const ObjCObjectPointerType *PT = DstType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
7053 if (!PT)
7054 return;
7055
7056 // Check if the destination is of type 'id'.
7057 if (!PT->isObjCIdType()) {
7058 // Check if the destination is the 'NSString' interface.
7059 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = PT->getInterfaceDecl();
7060 if (!ID || !ID->getIdentifier()->isStr("NSString"))
7061 return;
7062 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007063
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007064 // Strip off any parens and casts.
7065 StringLiteral *SL = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(SrcExpr->IgnoreParenCasts());
7066 if (!SL || SL->isWide())
7067 return;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007068
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00007069 Hint = FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SL->getLocStart(), "@");
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007070}
7071
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007072bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
7073 SourceLocation Loc,
7074 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
Douglas Gregor4f4946a2010-04-22 00:20:18 +00007075 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action,
7076 bool *Complained) {
7077 if (Complained)
7078 *Complained = false;
7079
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007080 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
7081 bool isInvalid = false;
7082 unsigned DiagKind;
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00007083 FixItHint Hint;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007084
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007085 switch (ConvTy) {
7086 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
7087 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00007088 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007089 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
7090 break;
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00007091 case IntToPointer:
7092 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
7093 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007094 case IncompatiblePointer:
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00007095 MakeObjCStringLiteralFixItHint(*this, DstType, SrcExpr, Hint);
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007096 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
7097 break;
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00007098 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
7099 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
7100 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007101 case FunctionVoidPointer:
7102 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
7103 break;
7104 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +00007105 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
7106 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
7107 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
7108 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
7109 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
7110 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
7111 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
7112 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
7113 // C++ semantics.
7114 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
7115 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
7116 return false;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007117 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
7118 break;
Alexis Hunt6f3de502009-11-08 07:46:34 +00007119 case IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers:
Fariborz Jahanianb98dade2009-11-09 22:16:37 +00007120 DiagKind = diag::ext_nested_pointer_qualifier_mismatch;
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00007121 break;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00007122 case IntToBlockPointer:
7123 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
7124 break;
7125 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stumpd79b5a82009-04-21 22:51:42 +00007126 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00007127 break;
Steve Naroff8afa9892008-10-14 22:18:38 +00007128 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007129 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff8afa9892008-10-14 22:18:38 +00007130 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
7131 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
7132 break;
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00007133 case IncompatibleVectors:
7134 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
7135 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007136 case Incompatible:
7137 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
7138 isInvalid = true;
7139 break;
7140 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007141
Douglas Gregorc68e1402010-04-09 00:35:39 +00007142 QualType FirstType, SecondType;
7143 switch (Action) {
7144 case AA_Assigning:
7145 case AA_Initializing:
7146 // The destination type comes first.
7147 FirstType = DstType;
7148 SecondType = SrcType;
7149 break;
7150
7151 case AA_Returning:
7152 case AA_Passing:
7153 case AA_Converting:
7154 case AA_Sending:
7155 case AA_Casting:
7156 // The source type comes first.
7157 FirstType = SrcType;
7158 SecondType = DstType;
7159 break;
7160 }
7161
7162 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << FirstType << SecondType << Action
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007163 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange() << Hint;
Douglas Gregor4f4946a2010-04-22 00:20:18 +00007164 if (Complained)
7165 *Complained = true;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007166 return isInvalid;
7167}
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007168
Chris Lattnerc71d08b2009-04-25 21:59:05 +00007169bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00007170 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
7171 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
7172 if (Result)
7173 *Result = ICEResult;
7174 return false;
7175 }
7176
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007177 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
7178
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007179 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007180 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
7181 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
7182
7183 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
7184 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
7185 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
7186 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
7187 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
7188 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
7189 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007190
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007191 return true;
7192 }
7193
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00007194 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
7195 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007196
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00007197 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
7198 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
7199 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007200
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007201 if (Result)
7202 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
7203 return false;
7204}
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007205
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007206void
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007207Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007208 ExprEvalContexts.push_back(
7209 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(NewContext, ExprTemporaries.size()));
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007210}
7211
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007212void
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007213Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext() {
7214 // Pop the current expression evaluation context off the stack.
7215 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord Rec = ExprEvalContexts.back();
7216 ExprEvalContexts.pop_back();
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007217
Douglas Gregorfab31f42009-12-12 07:57:52 +00007218 if (Rec.Context == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) {
7219 if (Rec.PotentiallyReferenced) {
7220 // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
7221 // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
7222 // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007223 for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator
Douglas Gregorfab31f42009-12-12 07:57:52 +00007224 I = Rec.PotentiallyReferenced->begin(),
7225 IEnd = Rec.PotentiallyReferenced->end();
7226 I != IEnd; ++I)
7227 MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
7228 }
7229
7230 if (Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed) {
7231 // Emit any pending diagnostics.
7232 for (PotentiallyEmittedDiagnostics::iterator
7233 I = Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed->begin(),
7234 IEnd = Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed->end();
7235 I != IEnd; ++I)
7236 Diag(I->first, I->second);
7237 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007238 }
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007239
7240 // When are coming out of an unevaluated context, clear out any
7241 // temporaries that we may have created as part of the evaluation of
7242 // the expression in that context: they aren't relevant because they
7243 // will never be constructed.
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007244 if (Rec.Context == Unevaluated &&
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007245 ExprTemporaries.size() > Rec.NumTemporaries)
7246 ExprTemporaries.erase(ExprTemporaries.begin() + Rec.NumTemporaries,
7247 ExprTemporaries.end());
7248
7249 // Destroy the popped expression evaluation record.
7250 Rec.Destroy();
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007251}
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007252
7253/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
7254///
7255/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
7256/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
7257/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
7258/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
7259///
7260/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
7261///
7262/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
7263void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
7264 assert(D && "No declaration?");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007265
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00007266 if (D->isUsed())
7267 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007268
Douglas Gregor3beaf9b2009-10-08 21:35:42 +00007269 // Mark a parameter or variable declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a
7270 // template or not. The reason for this is that unevaluated expressions
7271 // (e.g. (void)sizeof()) constitute a use for warning purposes (-Wunused-variables and
7272 // -Wunused-parameters)
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007273 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) ||
Douglas Gregorfd27fed2010-04-07 20:29:57 +00007274 (isa<VarDecl>(D) && D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())) {
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007275 D->setUsed(true);
Douglas Gregorfd27fed2010-04-07 20:29:57 +00007276 return;
7277 }
7278
7279 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) && !isa<FunctionDecl>(D))
7280 return;
7281
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007282 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
7283 // an instantiation.
7284 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
7285 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007286
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007287 switch (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context) {
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007288 case Unevaluated:
7289 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
7290 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007291
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007292 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
7293 // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
7294 // "used"; handle this below.
7295 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007296
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007297 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
7298 // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
7299 // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
7300 // potentially evaluated.
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007301 ExprEvalContexts.back().addReferencedDecl(Loc, D);
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007302 return;
7303 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007304
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007305 // Note that this declaration has been used.
Fariborz Jahanian3a363432009-06-22 17:30:33 +00007306 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian477d2422009-06-22 23:34:40 +00007307 unsigned TypeQuals;
Fariborz Jahanian18eb69a2009-06-22 20:37:23 +00007308 if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
7309 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
7310 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007311 } else if (Constructor->isImplicit() &&
Douglas Gregor507eb872009-12-22 00:34:07 +00007312 Constructor->isCopyConstructor(TypeQuals)) {
Fariborz Jahanian477d2422009-06-22 23:34:40 +00007313 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
7314 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals);
7315 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007316
Anders Carlsson82fccd02009-12-07 08:24:59 +00007317 MaybeMarkVirtualMembersReferenced(Loc, Constructor);
Fariborz Jahanian24a175b2009-06-26 23:49:16 +00007318 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
7319 if (Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed())
7320 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007321
Fariborz Jahanian41f79272009-06-25 21:45:19 +00007322 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
7323 if (MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
7324 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
7325 if (!MethodDecl->isUsed())
7326 DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign(Loc, MethodDecl);
7327 }
7328 }
Fariborz Jahanian49796cc72009-06-24 22:09:44 +00007329 if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007330 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
Douglas Gregor4adbc6d2009-06-26 00:10:03 +00007331 // class templates.
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00007332 if (!Function->getBody() && Function->isImplicitlyInstantiable()) {
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007333 bool AlreadyInstantiated = false;
7334 if (FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *SpecInfo
7335 = Function->getTemplateSpecializationInfo()) {
7336 if (SpecInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
7337 SpecInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007338 else if (SpecInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00007339 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007340 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007341 } else if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007342 = Function->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) {
7343 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
7344 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007345 else if (MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00007346 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007347 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
7348 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007349
Douglas Gregor7f792cf2010-01-16 22:29:39 +00007350 if (!AlreadyInstantiated) {
7351 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Function->getDeclContext()) &&
7352 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Function->getDeclContext())->isLocalClass())
7353 PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function,
7354 Loc));
7355 else
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007356 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function,
Douglas Gregor7f792cf2010-01-16 22:29:39 +00007357 Loc));
7358 }
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007359 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007360
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007361 // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007362 Function->setUsed(true);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007363
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007364 return;
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00007365 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007366
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007367 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00007368 // Implicit instantiation of static data members of class templates.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007369 if (Var->isStaticDataMember() &&
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007370 Var->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) {
7371 MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = Var->getMemberSpecializationInfo();
7372 assert(MSInfo && "Missing member specialization information?");
7373 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid() &&
7374 MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()== TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
7375 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
7376 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Var, Loc));
7377 }
7378 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007379
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007380 // FIXME: keep track of references to static data?
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00007381
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007382 D->setUsed(true);
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00007383 return;
Sam Weinigbae69142009-09-11 03:29:30 +00007384 }
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007385}
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007386
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007387/// \brief Emit a diagnostic that describes an effect on the run-time behavior
7388/// of the program being compiled.
7389///
7390/// This routine emits the given diagnostic when the code currently being
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007391/// type-checked is "potentially evaluated", meaning that there is a
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007392/// possibility that the code will actually be executable. Code in sizeof()
7393/// expressions, code used only during overload resolution, etc., are not
7394/// potentially evaluated. This routine will suppress such diagnostics or,
7395/// in the absolutely nutty case of potentially potentially evaluated
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007396/// expressions (C++ typeid), queue the diagnostic to potentially emit it
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007397/// later.
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007398///
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007399/// This routine should be used for all diagnostics that describe the run-time
7400/// behavior of a program, such as passing a non-POD value through an ellipsis.
7401/// Failure to do so will likely result in spurious diagnostics or failures
7402/// during overload resolution or within sizeof/alignof/typeof/typeid.
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007403bool Sema::DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007404 const PartialDiagnostic &PD) {
7405 switch (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context ) {
7406 case Unevaluated:
7407 // The argument will never be evaluated, so don't complain.
7408 break;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007409
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007410 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
7411 Diag(Loc, PD);
7412 return true;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007413
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007414 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
7415 ExprEvalContexts.back().addDiagnostic(Loc, PD);
7416 break;
7417 }
7418
7419 return false;
7420}
7421
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007422bool Sema::CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
7423 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD) {
7424 if (ReturnType->isVoidType() || !ReturnType->isIncompleteType())
7425 return false;
7426
7427 PartialDiagnostic Note =
7428 FD ? PDiag(diag::note_function_with_incomplete_return_type_declared_here)
7429 << FD->getDeclName() : PDiag();
7430 SourceLocation NoteLoc = FD ? FD->getLocation() : SourceLocation();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007431
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007432 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, ReturnType,
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007433 FD ?
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007434 PDiag(diag::err_call_function_incomplete_return)
7435 << CE->getSourceRange() << FD->getDeclName() :
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007436 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_return)
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007437 << CE->getSourceRange(),
7438 std::make_pair(NoteLoc, Note)))
7439 return true;
7440
7441 return false;
7442}
7443
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007444// Diagnose the common s/=/==/ typo. Note that adding parentheses
7445// will prevent this condition from triggering, which is what we want.
7446void Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E) {
7447 SourceLocation Loc;
7448
John McCall0506e4a2009-11-11 02:41:58 +00007449 unsigned diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_assignment;
7450
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007451 if (isa<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
7452 BinaryOperator *Op = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
7453 if (Op->getOpcode() != BinaryOperator::Assign)
7454 return;
7455
John McCallb0e419e2009-11-12 00:06:05 +00007456 // Greylist some idioms by putting them into a warning subcategory.
7457 if (ObjCMessageExpr *ME
7458 = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(Op->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
7459 Selector Sel = ME->getSelector();
7460
John McCallb0e419e2009-11-12 00:06:05 +00007461 // self = [<foo> init...]
7462 if (isSelfExpr(Op->getLHS())
7463 && Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName().startswith("init"))
7464 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
7465
7466 // <foo> = [<bar> nextObject]
7467 else if (Sel.isUnarySelector() &&
7468 Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName() == "nextObject")
7469 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
7470 }
John McCall0506e4a2009-11-11 02:41:58 +00007471
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007472 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
7473 } else if (isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
7474 CXXOperatorCallExpr *Op = cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E);
7475 if (Op->getOperator() != OO_Equal)
7476 return;
7477
7478 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
7479 } else {
7480 // Not an assignment.
7481 return;
7482 }
7483
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007484 SourceLocation Open = E->getSourceRange().getBegin();
John McCalle724ae92009-10-12 22:25:59 +00007485 SourceLocation Close = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getSourceRange().getEnd());
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007486
Douglas Gregor2bf2d3d2010-04-14 16:09:52 +00007487 Diag(Loc, diagnostic) << E->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregorfa1e36d2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00007488 Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_assign_to_comparison)
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00007489 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, "==");
Douglas Gregor2bf2d3d2010-04-14 16:09:52 +00007490 Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_assign_silence)
7491 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Open, "(")
7492 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Close, ")");
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007493}
7494
7495bool Sema::CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *&E, SourceLocation Loc) {
7496 DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(E);
7497
7498 if (!E->isTypeDependent()) {
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +00007499 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E);
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007500
7501 QualType T = E->getType();
7502
7503 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
7504 if (CheckCXXBooleanCondition(E)) // C++ 6.4p4
7505 return true;
7506 } else if (!T->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.8.4.1p1
7507 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_statement_requires_scalar)
7508 << T << E->getSourceRange();
7509 return true;
7510 }
7511 }
7512
7513 return false;
7514}